1 //===- ScalarEvolution.cpp - Scalar Evolution Analysis --------------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 // This file contains the implementation of the scalar evolution analysis
11 // engine, which is used primarily to analyze expressions involving induction
12 // variables in loops.
13 //
14 // There are several aspects to this library.  First is the representation of
15 // scalar expressions, which are represented as subclasses of the SCEV class.
16 // These classes are used to represent certain types of subexpressions that we
17 // can handle. We only create one SCEV of a particular shape, so
18 // pointer-comparisons for equality are legal.
19 //
20 // One important aspect of the SCEV objects is that they are never cyclic, even
21 // if there is a cycle in the dataflow for an expression (ie, a PHI node).  If
22 // the PHI node is one of the idioms that we can represent (e.g., a polynomial
23 // recurrence) then we represent it directly as a recurrence node, otherwise we
24 // represent it as a SCEVUnknown node.
25 //
26 // In addition to being able to represent expressions of various types, we also
27 // have folders that are used to build the *canonical* representation for a
28 // particular expression.  These folders are capable of using a variety of
29 // rewrite rules to simplify the expressions.
30 //
31 // Once the folders are defined, we can implement the more interesting
32 // higher-level code, such as the code that recognizes PHI nodes of various
33 // types, computes the execution count of a loop, etc.
34 //
35 // TODO: We should use these routines and value representations to implement
36 // dependence analysis!
37 //
38 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
39 //
40 // There are several good references for the techniques used in this analysis.
41 //
42 //  Chains of recurrences -- a method to expedite the evaluation
43 //  of closed-form functions
44 //  Olaf Bachmann, Paul S. Wang, Eugene V. Zima
45 //
46 //  On computational properties of chains of recurrences
47 //  Eugene V. Zima
48 //
49 //  Symbolic Evaluation of Chains of Recurrences for Loop Optimization
50 //  Robert A. van Engelen
51 //
52 //  Efficient Symbolic Analysis for Optimizing Compilers
53 //  Robert A. van Engelen
54 //
55 //  Using the chains of recurrences algebra for data dependence testing and
56 //  induction variable substitution
57 //  MS Thesis, Johnie Birch
58 //
59 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
60 
61 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h"
62 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
63 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
64 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
65 #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
66 #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
67 #include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
68 #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
69 #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
70 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h"
71 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
72 #include "llvm/IR/ConstantRange.h"
73 #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
74 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
75 #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
76 #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
77 #include "llvm/IR/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
78 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalAlias.h"
79 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h"
80 #include "llvm/IR/InstIterator.h"
81 #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
82 #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
83 #include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h"
84 #include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
85 #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
86 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
87 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
88 #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
89 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
90 #include "llvm/Target/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
91 #include <algorithm>
92 using namespace llvm;
93 
94 #define DEBUG_TYPE "scalar-evolution"
95 
96 STATISTIC(NumArrayLenItCounts,
97           "Number of trip counts computed with array length");
98 STATISTIC(NumTripCountsComputed,
99           "Number of loops with predictable loop counts");
100 STATISTIC(NumTripCountsNotComputed,
101           "Number of loops without predictable loop counts");
102 STATISTIC(NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed,
103           "Number of loops with trip counts computed by force");
104 
105 static cl::opt<unsigned>
106 MaxBruteForceIterations("scalar-evolution-max-iterations", cl::ReallyHidden,
107                         cl::desc("Maximum number of iterations SCEV will "
108                                  "symbolically execute a constant "
109                                  "derived loop"),
110                         cl::init(100));
111 
112 // FIXME: Enable this with XDEBUG when the test suite is clean.
113 static cl::opt<bool>
114 VerifySCEV("verify-scev",
115            cl::desc("Verify ScalarEvolution's backedge taken counts (slow)"));
116 
117 INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(ScalarEvolution, "scalar-evolution",
118                 "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true)
119 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker)
120 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(LoopInfo)
121 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass)
122 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetLibraryInfo)
123 INITIALIZE_PASS_END(ScalarEvolution, "scalar-evolution",
124                 "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true)
125 char ScalarEvolution::ID = 0;
126 
127 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
128 //                           SCEV class definitions
129 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
130 
131 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
132 // Implementation of the SCEV class.
133 //
134 
135 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
dump() const136 void SCEV::dump() const {
137   print(dbgs());
138   dbgs() << '\n';
139 }
140 #endif
141 
print(raw_ostream & OS) const142 void SCEV::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
143   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(getSCEVType())) {
144   case scConstant:
145     cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false);
146     return;
147   case scTruncate: {
148     const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(this);
149     const SCEV *Op = Trunc->getOperand();
150     OS << "(trunc " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
151        << *Trunc->getType() << ")";
152     return;
153   }
154   case scZeroExtend: {
155     const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(this);
156     const SCEV *Op = ZExt->getOperand();
157     OS << "(zext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
158        << *ZExt->getType() << ")";
159     return;
160   }
161   case scSignExtend: {
162     const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(this);
163     const SCEV *Op = SExt->getOperand();
164     OS << "(sext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
165        << *SExt->getType() << ")";
166     return;
167   }
168   case scAddRecExpr: {
169     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(this);
170     OS << "{" << *AR->getOperand(0);
171     for (unsigned i = 1, e = AR->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
172       OS << ",+," << *AR->getOperand(i);
173     OS << "}<";
174     if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNUW))
175       OS << "nuw><";
176     if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNSW))
177       OS << "nsw><";
178     if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW) &&
179         !AR->getNoWrapFlags((NoWrapFlags)(FlagNUW | FlagNSW)))
180       OS << "nw><";
181     AR->getLoop()->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
182     OS << ">";
183     return;
184   }
185   case scAddExpr:
186   case scMulExpr:
187   case scUMaxExpr:
188   case scSMaxExpr: {
189     const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this);
190     const char *OpStr = nullptr;
191     switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) {
192     case scAddExpr: OpStr = " + "; break;
193     case scMulExpr: OpStr = " * "; break;
194     case scUMaxExpr: OpStr = " umax "; break;
195     case scSMaxExpr: OpStr = " smax "; break;
196     }
197     OS << "(";
198     for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end();
199          I != E; ++I) {
200       OS << **I;
201       if (std::next(I) != E)
202         OS << OpStr;
203     }
204     OS << ")";
205     switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) {
206     case scAddExpr:
207     case scMulExpr:
208       if (NAry->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNUW))
209         OS << "<nuw>";
210       if (NAry->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNSW))
211         OS << "<nsw>";
212     }
213     return;
214   }
215   case scUDivExpr: {
216     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this);
217     OS << "(" << *UDiv->getLHS() << " /u " << *UDiv->getRHS() << ")";
218     return;
219   }
220   case scUnknown: {
221     const SCEVUnknown *U = cast<SCEVUnknown>(this);
222     Type *AllocTy;
223     if (U->isSizeOf(AllocTy)) {
224       OS << "sizeof(" << *AllocTy << ")";
225       return;
226     }
227     if (U->isAlignOf(AllocTy)) {
228       OS << "alignof(" << *AllocTy << ")";
229       return;
230     }
231 
232     Type *CTy;
233     Constant *FieldNo;
234     if (U->isOffsetOf(CTy, FieldNo)) {
235       OS << "offsetof(" << *CTy << ", ";
236       FieldNo->printAsOperand(OS, false);
237       OS << ")";
238       return;
239     }
240 
241     // Otherwise just print it normally.
242     U->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false);
243     return;
244   }
245   case scCouldNotCompute:
246     OS << "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***";
247     return;
248   }
249   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
250 }
251 
getType() const252 Type *SCEV::getType() const {
253   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(getSCEVType())) {
254   case scConstant:
255     return cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getType();
256   case scTruncate:
257   case scZeroExtend:
258   case scSignExtend:
259     return cast<SCEVCastExpr>(this)->getType();
260   case scAddRecExpr:
261   case scMulExpr:
262   case scUMaxExpr:
263   case scSMaxExpr:
264     return cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this)->getType();
265   case scAddExpr:
266     return cast<SCEVAddExpr>(this)->getType();
267   case scUDivExpr:
268     return cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this)->getType();
269   case scUnknown:
270     return cast<SCEVUnknown>(this)->getType();
271   case scCouldNotCompute:
272     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
273   }
274   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
275 }
276 
isZero() const277 bool SCEV::isZero() const {
278   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
279     return SC->getValue()->isZero();
280   return false;
281 }
282 
isOne() const283 bool SCEV::isOne() const {
284   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
285     return SC->getValue()->isOne();
286   return false;
287 }
288 
isAllOnesValue() const289 bool SCEV::isAllOnesValue() const {
290   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
291     return SC->getValue()->isAllOnesValue();
292   return false;
293 }
294 
295 /// isNonConstantNegative - Return true if the specified scev is negated, but
296 /// not a constant.
isNonConstantNegative() const297 bool SCEV::isNonConstantNegative() const {
298   const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(this);
299   if (!Mul) return false;
300 
301   // If there is a constant factor, it will be first.
302   const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0));
303   if (!SC) return false;
304 
305   // Return true if the value is negative, this matches things like (-42 * V).
306   return SC->getValue()->getValue().isNegative();
307 }
308 
SCEVCouldNotCompute()309 SCEVCouldNotCompute::SCEVCouldNotCompute() :
310   SCEV(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(), scCouldNotCompute) {}
311 
classof(const SCEV * S)312 bool SCEVCouldNotCompute::classof(const SCEV *S) {
313   return S->getSCEVType() == scCouldNotCompute;
314 }
315 
getConstant(ConstantInt * V)316 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(ConstantInt *V) {
317   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
318   ID.AddInteger(scConstant);
319   ID.AddPointer(V);
320   void *IP = nullptr;
321   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
322   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVConstant(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V);
323   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
324   return S;
325 }
326 
getConstant(const APInt & Val)327 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(const APInt &Val) {
328   return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(getContext(), Val));
329 }
330 
331 const SCEV *
getConstant(Type * Ty,uint64_t V,bool isSigned)332 ScalarEvolution::getConstant(Type *Ty, uint64_t V, bool isSigned) {
333   IntegerType *ITy = cast<IntegerType>(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty));
334   return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(ITy, V, isSigned));
335 }
336 
SCEVCastExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,unsigned SCEVTy,const SCEV * op,Type * ty)337 SCEVCastExpr::SCEVCastExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
338                            unsigned SCEVTy, const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
339   : SCEV(ID, SCEVTy), Op(op), Ty(ty) {}
340 
SCEVTruncateExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,const SCEV * op,Type * ty)341 SCEVTruncateExpr::SCEVTruncateExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
342                                    const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
343   : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scTruncate, op, ty) {
344   assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
345          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
346          "Cannot truncate non-integer value!");
347 }
348 
SCEVZeroExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,const SCEV * op,Type * ty)349 SCEVZeroExtendExpr::SCEVZeroExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
350                                        const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
351   : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scZeroExtend, op, ty) {
352   assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
353          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
354          "Cannot zero extend non-integer value!");
355 }
356 
SCEVSignExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,const SCEV * op,Type * ty)357 SCEVSignExtendExpr::SCEVSignExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
358                                        const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
359   : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scSignExtend, op, ty) {
360   assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
361          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
362          "Cannot sign extend non-integer value!");
363 }
364 
deleted()365 void SCEVUnknown::deleted() {
366   // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps.
367   SE->forgetMemoizedResults(this);
368 
369   // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map.
370   SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this);
371 
372   // Release the value.
373   setValPtr(nullptr);
374 }
375 
allUsesReplacedWith(Value * New)376 void SCEVUnknown::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *New) {
377   // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps.
378   SE->forgetMemoizedResults(this);
379 
380   // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map.
381   SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this);
382 
383   // Update this SCEVUnknown to point to the new value. This is needed
384   // because there may still be outstanding SCEVs which still point to
385   // this SCEVUnknown.
386   setValPtr(New);
387 }
388 
isSizeOf(Type * & AllocTy) const389 bool SCEVUnknown::isSizeOf(Type *&AllocTy) const {
390   if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
391     if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
392       if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
393         if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
394             CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() &&
395             CE->getNumOperands() == 2)
396           if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(1)))
397             if (CI->isOne()) {
398               AllocTy = cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())
399                                  ->getElementType();
400               return true;
401             }
402 
403   return false;
404 }
405 
isAlignOf(Type * & AllocTy) const406 bool SCEVUnknown::isAlignOf(Type *&AllocTy) const {
407   if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
408     if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
409       if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
410         if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
411             CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue()) {
412           Type *Ty =
413             cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
414           if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty))
415             if (!STy->isPacked() &&
416                 CE->getNumOperands() == 3 &&
417                 CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) {
418               if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(2)))
419                 if (CI->isOne() &&
420                     STy->getNumElements() == 2 &&
421                     STy->getElementType(0)->isIntegerTy(1)) {
422                   AllocTy = STy->getElementType(1);
423                   return true;
424                 }
425             }
426         }
427 
428   return false;
429 }
430 
isOffsetOf(Type * & CTy,Constant * & FieldNo) const431 bool SCEVUnknown::isOffsetOf(Type *&CTy, Constant *&FieldNo) const {
432   if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
433     if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
434       if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
435         if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
436             CE->getNumOperands() == 3 &&
437             CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() &&
438             CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) {
439           Type *Ty =
440             cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
441           // Ignore vector types here so that ScalarEvolutionExpander doesn't
442           // emit getelementptrs that index into vectors.
443           if (Ty->isStructTy() || Ty->isArrayTy()) {
444             CTy = Ty;
445             FieldNo = CE->getOperand(2);
446             return true;
447           }
448         }
449 
450   return false;
451 }
452 
453 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
454 //                               SCEV Utilities
455 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
456 
457 namespace {
458   /// SCEVComplexityCompare - Return true if the complexity of the LHS is less
459   /// than the complexity of the RHS.  This comparator is used to canonicalize
460   /// expressions.
461   class SCEVComplexityCompare {
462     const LoopInfo *const LI;
463   public:
SCEVComplexityCompare(const LoopInfo * li)464     explicit SCEVComplexityCompare(const LoopInfo *li) : LI(li) {}
465 
466     // Return true or false if LHS is less than, or at least RHS, respectively.
operator ()(const SCEV * LHS,const SCEV * RHS) const467     bool operator()(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) const {
468       return compare(LHS, RHS) < 0;
469     }
470 
471     // Return negative, zero, or positive, if LHS is less than, equal to, or
472     // greater than RHS, respectively. A three-way result allows recursive
473     // comparisons to be more efficient.
compare(const SCEV * LHS,const SCEV * RHS) const474     int compare(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) const {
475       // Fast-path: SCEVs are uniqued so we can do a quick equality check.
476       if (LHS == RHS)
477         return 0;
478 
479       // Primarily, sort the SCEVs by their getSCEVType().
480       unsigned LType = LHS->getSCEVType(), RType = RHS->getSCEVType();
481       if (LType != RType)
482         return (int)LType - (int)RType;
483 
484       // Aside from the getSCEVType() ordering, the particular ordering
485       // isn't very important except that it's beneficial to be consistent,
486       // so that (a + b) and (b + a) don't end up as different expressions.
487       switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(LType)) {
488       case scUnknown: {
489         const SCEVUnknown *LU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS);
490         const SCEVUnknown *RU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(RHS);
491 
492         // Sort SCEVUnknown values with some loose heuristics. TODO: This is
493         // not as complete as it could be.
494         const Value *LV = LU->getValue(), *RV = RU->getValue();
495 
496         // Order pointer values after integer values. This helps SCEVExpander
497         // form GEPs.
498         bool LIsPointer = LV->getType()->isPointerTy(),
499              RIsPointer = RV->getType()->isPointerTy();
500         if (LIsPointer != RIsPointer)
501           return (int)LIsPointer - (int)RIsPointer;
502 
503         // Compare getValueID values.
504         unsigned LID = LV->getValueID(),
505                  RID = RV->getValueID();
506         if (LID != RID)
507           return (int)LID - (int)RID;
508 
509         // Sort arguments by their position.
510         if (const Argument *LA = dyn_cast<Argument>(LV)) {
511           const Argument *RA = cast<Argument>(RV);
512           unsigned LArgNo = LA->getArgNo(), RArgNo = RA->getArgNo();
513           return (int)LArgNo - (int)RArgNo;
514         }
515 
516         // For instructions, compare their loop depth, and their operand
517         // count.  This is pretty loose.
518         if (const Instruction *LInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LV)) {
519           const Instruction *RInst = cast<Instruction>(RV);
520 
521           // Compare loop depths.
522           const BasicBlock *LParent = LInst->getParent(),
523                            *RParent = RInst->getParent();
524           if (LParent != RParent) {
525             unsigned LDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(LParent),
526                      RDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(RParent);
527             if (LDepth != RDepth)
528               return (int)LDepth - (int)RDepth;
529           }
530 
531           // Compare the number of operands.
532           unsigned LNumOps = LInst->getNumOperands(),
533                    RNumOps = RInst->getNumOperands();
534           return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
535         }
536 
537         return 0;
538       }
539 
540       case scConstant: {
541         const SCEVConstant *LC = cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS);
542         const SCEVConstant *RC = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS);
543 
544         // Compare constant values.
545         const APInt &LA = LC->getValue()->getValue();
546         const APInt &RA = RC->getValue()->getValue();
547         unsigned LBitWidth = LA.getBitWidth(), RBitWidth = RA.getBitWidth();
548         if (LBitWidth != RBitWidth)
549           return (int)LBitWidth - (int)RBitWidth;
550         return LA.ult(RA) ? -1 : 1;
551       }
552 
553       case scAddRecExpr: {
554         const SCEVAddRecExpr *LA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
555         const SCEVAddRecExpr *RA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
556 
557         // Compare addrec loop depths.
558         const Loop *LLoop = LA->getLoop(), *RLoop = RA->getLoop();
559         if (LLoop != RLoop) {
560           unsigned LDepth = LLoop->getLoopDepth(),
561                    RDepth = RLoop->getLoopDepth();
562           if (LDepth != RDepth)
563             return (int)LDepth - (int)RDepth;
564         }
565 
566         // Addrec complexity grows with operand count.
567         unsigned LNumOps = LA->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RA->getNumOperands();
568         if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
569           return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
570 
571         // Lexicographically compare.
572         for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) {
573           long X = compare(LA->getOperand(i), RA->getOperand(i));
574           if (X != 0)
575             return X;
576         }
577 
578         return 0;
579       }
580 
581       case scAddExpr:
582       case scMulExpr:
583       case scSMaxExpr:
584       case scUMaxExpr: {
585         const SCEVNAryExpr *LC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(LHS);
586         const SCEVNAryExpr *RC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(RHS);
587 
588         // Lexicographically compare n-ary expressions.
589         unsigned LNumOps = LC->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RC->getNumOperands();
590         if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
591           return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
592 
593         for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) {
594           if (i >= RNumOps)
595             return 1;
596           long X = compare(LC->getOperand(i), RC->getOperand(i));
597           if (X != 0)
598             return X;
599         }
600         return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
601       }
602 
603       case scUDivExpr: {
604         const SCEVUDivExpr *LC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(LHS);
605         const SCEVUDivExpr *RC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(RHS);
606 
607         // Lexicographically compare udiv expressions.
608         long X = compare(LC->getLHS(), RC->getLHS());
609         if (X != 0)
610           return X;
611         return compare(LC->getRHS(), RC->getRHS());
612       }
613 
614       case scTruncate:
615       case scZeroExtend:
616       case scSignExtend: {
617         const SCEVCastExpr *LC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(LHS);
618         const SCEVCastExpr *RC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(RHS);
619 
620         // Compare cast expressions by operand.
621         return compare(LC->getOperand(), RC->getOperand());
622       }
623 
624       case scCouldNotCompute:
625         llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
626       }
627       llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
628     }
629   };
630 }
631 
632 /// GroupByComplexity - Given a list of SCEV objects, order them by their
633 /// complexity, and group objects of the same complexity together by value.
634 /// When this routine is finished, we know that any duplicates in the vector are
635 /// consecutive and that complexity is monotonically increasing.
636 ///
637 /// Note that we go take special precautions to ensure that we get deterministic
638 /// results from this routine.  In other words, we don't want the results of
639 /// this to depend on where the addresses of various SCEV objects happened to
640 /// land in memory.
641 ///
GroupByComplexity(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV * > & Ops,LoopInfo * LI)642 static void GroupByComplexity(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
643                               LoopInfo *LI) {
644   if (Ops.size() < 2) return;  // Noop
645   if (Ops.size() == 2) {
646     // This is the common case, which also happens to be trivially simple.
647     // Special case it.
648     const SCEV *&LHS = Ops[0], *&RHS = Ops[1];
649     if (SCEVComplexityCompare(LI)(RHS, LHS))
650       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
651     return;
652   }
653 
654   // Do the rough sort by complexity.
655   std::stable_sort(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), SCEVComplexityCompare(LI));
656 
657   // Now that we are sorted by complexity, group elements of the same
658   // complexity.  Note that this is, at worst, N^2, but the vector is likely to
659   // be extremely short in practice.  Note that we take this approach because we
660   // do not want to depend on the addresses of the objects we are grouping.
661   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-2; ++i) {
662     const SCEV *S = Ops[i];
663     unsigned Complexity = S->getSCEVType();
664 
665     // If there are any objects of the same complexity and same value as this
666     // one, group them.
667     for (unsigned j = i+1; j != e && Ops[j]->getSCEVType() == Complexity; ++j) {
668       if (Ops[j] == S) { // Found a duplicate.
669         // Move it to immediately after i'th element.
670         std::swap(Ops[i+1], Ops[j]);
671         ++i;   // no need to rescan it.
672         if (i == e-2) return;  // Done!
673       }
674     }
675   }
676 }
677 
678 namespace {
679 struct FindSCEVSize {
680   int Size;
FindSCEVSize__anonbe70a9c90211::FindSCEVSize681   FindSCEVSize() : Size(0) {}
682 
follow__anonbe70a9c90211::FindSCEVSize683   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
684     ++Size;
685     // Keep looking at all operands of S.
686     return true;
687   }
isDone__anonbe70a9c90211::FindSCEVSize688   bool isDone() const {
689     return false;
690   }
691 };
692 }
693 
694 // Returns the size of the SCEV S.
sizeOfSCEV(const SCEV * S)695 static inline int sizeOfSCEV(const SCEV *S) {
696   FindSCEVSize F;
697   SCEVTraversal<FindSCEVSize> ST(F);
698   ST.visitAll(S);
699   return F.Size;
700 }
701 
702 namespace {
703 
704 struct SCEVDivision : public SCEVVisitor<SCEVDivision, void> {
705 public:
706   // Computes the Quotient and Remainder of the division of Numerator by
707   // Denominator.
divide__anonbe70a9c90311::SCEVDivision708   static void divide(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *Numerator,
709                      const SCEV *Denominator, const SCEV **Quotient,
710                      const SCEV **Remainder) {
711     assert(Numerator && Denominator && "Uninitialized SCEV");
712 
713     SCEVDivision D(SE, Numerator, Denominator);
714 
715     // Check for the trivial case here to avoid having to check for it in the
716     // rest of the code.
717     if (Numerator == Denominator) {
718       *Quotient = D.One;
719       *Remainder = D.Zero;
720       return;
721     }
722 
723     if (Numerator->isZero()) {
724       *Quotient = D.Zero;
725       *Remainder = D.Zero;
726       return;
727     }
728 
729     // Split the Denominator when it is a product.
730     if (const SCEVMulExpr *T = dyn_cast<const SCEVMulExpr>(Denominator)) {
731       const SCEV *Q, *R;
732       *Quotient = Numerator;
733       for (const SCEV *Op : T->operands()) {
734         divide(SE, *Quotient, Op, &Q, &R);
735         *Quotient = Q;
736 
737         // Bail out when the Numerator is not divisible by one of the terms of
738         // the Denominator.
739         if (!R->isZero()) {
740           *Quotient = D.Zero;
741           *Remainder = Numerator;
742           return;
743         }
744       }
745       *Remainder = D.Zero;
746       return;
747     }
748 
749     D.visit(Numerator);
750     *Quotient = D.Quotient;
751     *Remainder = D.Remainder;
752   }
753 
754   // Except in the trivial case described above, we do not know how to divide
755   // Expr by Denominator for the following functions with empty implementation.
visitTruncateExpr__anonbe70a9c90311::SCEVDivision756   void visitTruncateExpr(const SCEVTruncateExpr *Numerator) {}
visitZeroExtendExpr__anonbe70a9c90311::SCEVDivision757   void visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Numerator) {}
visitSignExtendExpr__anonbe70a9c90311::SCEVDivision758   void visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Numerator) {}
visitUDivExpr__anonbe70a9c90311::SCEVDivision759   void visitUDivExpr(const SCEVUDivExpr *Numerator) {}
visitSMaxExpr__anonbe70a9c90311::SCEVDivision760   void visitSMaxExpr(const SCEVSMaxExpr *Numerator) {}
visitUMaxExpr__anonbe70a9c90311::SCEVDivision761   void visitUMaxExpr(const SCEVUMaxExpr *Numerator) {}
visitUnknown__anonbe70a9c90311::SCEVDivision762   void visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Numerator) {}
visitCouldNotCompute__anonbe70a9c90311::SCEVDivision763   void visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute *Numerator) {}
764 
visitConstant__anonbe70a9c90311::SCEVDivision765   void visitConstant(const SCEVConstant *Numerator) {
766     if (const SCEVConstant *D = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Denominator)) {
767       APInt NumeratorVal = Numerator->getValue()->getValue();
768       APInt DenominatorVal = D->getValue()->getValue();
769       uint32_t NumeratorBW = NumeratorVal.getBitWidth();
770       uint32_t DenominatorBW = DenominatorVal.getBitWidth();
771 
772       if (NumeratorBW > DenominatorBW)
773         DenominatorVal = DenominatorVal.sext(NumeratorBW);
774       else if (NumeratorBW < DenominatorBW)
775         NumeratorVal = NumeratorVal.sext(DenominatorBW);
776 
777       APInt QuotientVal(NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(), 0);
778       APInt RemainderVal(NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(), 0);
779       APInt::sdivrem(NumeratorVal, DenominatorVal, QuotientVal, RemainderVal);
780       Quotient = SE.getConstant(QuotientVal);
781       Remainder = SE.getConstant(RemainderVal);
782       return;
783     }
784   }
785 
visitAddRecExpr__anonbe70a9c90311::SCEVDivision786   void visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Numerator) {
787     const SCEV *StartQ, *StartR, *StepQ, *StepR;
788     assert(Numerator->isAffine() && "Numerator should be affine");
789     divide(SE, Numerator->getStart(), Denominator, &StartQ, &StartR);
790     divide(SE, Numerator->getStepRecurrence(SE), Denominator, &StepQ, &StepR);
791     Quotient = SE.getAddRecExpr(StartQ, StepQ, Numerator->getLoop(),
792                                 Numerator->getNoWrapFlags());
793     Remainder = SE.getAddRecExpr(StartR, StepR, Numerator->getLoop(),
794                                  Numerator->getNoWrapFlags());
795   }
796 
visitAddExpr__anonbe70a9c90311::SCEVDivision797   void visitAddExpr(const SCEVAddExpr *Numerator) {
798     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs, Rs;
799     Type *Ty = Denominator->getType();
800 
801     for (const SCEV *Op : Numerator->operands()) {
802       const SCEV *Q, *R;
803       divide(SE, Op, Denominator, &Q, &R);
804 
805       // Bail out if types do not match.
806       if (Ty != Q->getType() || Ty != R->getType()) {
807         Quotient = Zero;
808         Remainder = Numerator;
809         return;
810       }
811 
812       Qs.push_back(Q);
813       Rs.push_back(R);
814     }
815 
816     if (Qs.size() == 1) {
817       Quotient = Qs[0];
818       Remainder = Rs[0];
819       return;
820     }
821 
822     Quotient = SE.getAddExpr(Qs);
823     Remainder = SE.getAddExpr(Rs);
824   }
825 
visitMulExpr__anonbe70a9c90311::SCEVDivision826   void visitMulExpr(const SCEVMulExpr *Numerator) {
827     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs;
828     Type *Ty = Denominator->getType();
829 
830     bool FoundDenominatorTerm = false;
831     for (const SCEV *Op : Numerator->operands()) {
832       // Bail out if types do not match.
833       if (Ty != Op->getType()) {
834         Quotient = Zero;
835         Remainder = Numerator;
836         return;
837       }
838 
839       if (FoundDenominatorTerm) {
840         Qs.push_back(Op);
841         continue;
842       }
843 
844       // Check whether Denominator divides one of the product operands.
845       const SCEV *Q, *R;
846       divide(SE, Op, Denominator, &Q, &R);
847       if (!R->isZero()) {
848         Qs.push_back(Op);
849         continue;
850       }
851 
852       // Bail out if types do not match.
853       if (Ty != Q->getType()) {
854         Quotient = Zero;
855         Remainder = Numerator;
856         return;
857       }
858 
859       FoundDenominatorTerm = true;
860       Qs.push_back(Q);
861     }
862 
863     if (FoundDenominatorTerm) {
864       Remainder = Zero;
865       if (Qs.size() == 1)
866         Quotient = Qs[0];
867       else
868         Quotient = SE.getMulExpr(Qs);
869       return;
870     }
871 
872     if (!isa<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)) {
873       Quotient = Zero;
874       Remainder = Numerator;
875       return;
876     }
877 
878     // The Remainder is obtained by replacing Denominator by 0 in Numerator.
879     ValueToValueMap RewriteMap;
880     RewriteMap[cast<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)->getValue()] =
881         cast<SCEVConstant>(Zero)->getValue();
882     Remainder = SCEVParameterRewriter::rewrite(Numerator, SE, RewriteMap, true);
883 
884     if (Remainder->isZero()) {
885       // The Quotient is obtained by replacing Denominator by 1 in Numerator.
886       RewriteMap[cast<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)->getValue()] =
887           cast<SCEVConstant>(One)->getValue();
888       Quotient =
889           SCEVParameterRewriter::rewrite(Numerator, SE, RewriteMap, true);
890       return;
891     }
892 
893     // Quotient is (Numerator - Remainder) divided by Denominator.
894     const SCEV *Q, *R;
895     const SCEV *Diff = SE.getMinusSCEV(Numerator, Remainder);
896     if (sizeOfSCEV(Diff) > sizeOfSCEV(Numerator)) {
897       // This SCEV does not seem to simplify: fail the division here.
898       Quotient = Zero;
899       Remainder = Numerator;
900       return;
901     }
902     divide(SE, Diff, Denominator, &Q, &R);
903     assert(R == Zero &&
904            "(Numerator - Remainder) should evenly divide Denominator");
905     Quotient = Q;
906   }
907 
908 private:
SCEVDivision__anonbe70a9c90311::SCEVDivision909   SCEVDivision(ScalarEvolution &S, const SCEV *Numerator,
910                const SCEV *Denominator)
911       : SE(S), Denominator(Denominator) {
912     Zero = SE.getConstant(Denominator->getType(), 0);
913     One = SE.getConstant(Denominator->getType(), 1);
914 
915     // By default, we don't know how to divide Expr by Denominator.
916     // Providing the default here simplifies the rest of the code.
917     Quotient = Zero;
918     Remainder = Numerator;
919   }
920 
921   ScalarEvolution &SE;
922   const SCEV *Denominator, *Quotient, *Remainder, *Zero, *One;
923 };
924 
925 }
926 
927 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
928 //                      Simple SCEV method implementations
929 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
930 
931 /// BinomialCoefficient - Compute BC(It, K).  The result has width W.
932 /// Assume, K > 0.
BinomialCoefficient(const SCEV * It,unsigned K,ScalarEvolution & SE,Type * ResultTy)933 static const SCEV *BinomialCoefficient(const SCEV *It, unsigned K,
934                                        ScalarEvolution &SE,
935                                        Type *ResultTy) {
936   // Handle the simplest case efficiently.
937   if (K == 1)
938     return SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, ResultTy);
939 
940   // We are using the following formula for BC(It, K):
941   //
942   //   BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / K!
943   //
944   // Suppose, W is the bitwidth of the return value.  We must be prepared for
945   // overflow.  Hence, we must assure that the result of our computation is
946   // equal to the accurate one modulo 2^W.  Unfortunately, division isn't
947   // safe in modular arithmetic.
948   //
949   // However, this code doesn't use exactly that formula; the formula it uses
950   // is something like the following, where T is the number of factors of 2 in
951   // K! (i.e. trailing zeros in the binary representation of K!), and ^ is
952   // exponentiation:
953   //
954   //   BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / 2^T / (K! / 2^T)
955   //
956   // This formula is trivially equivalent to the previous formula.  However,
957   // this formula can be implemented much more efficiently.  The trick is that
958   // K! / 2^T is odd, and exact division by an odd number *is* safe in modular
959   // arithmetic.  To do exact division in modular arithmetic, all we have
960   // to do is multiply by the inverse.  Therefore, this step can be done at
961   // width W.
962   //
963   // The next issue is how to safely do the division by 2^T.  The way this
964   // is done is by doing the multiplication step at a width of at least W + T
965   // bits.  This way, the bottom W+T bits of the product are accurate. Then,
966   // when we perform the division by 2^T (which is equivalent to a right shift
967   // by T), the bottom W bits are accurate.  Extra bits are okay; they'll get
968   // truncated out after the division by 2^T.
969   //
970   // In comparison to just directly using the first formula, this technique
971   // is much more efficient; using the first formula requires W * K bits,
972   // but this formula less than W + K bits. Also, the first formula requires
973   // a division step, whereas this formula only requires multiplies and shifts.
974   //
975   // It doesn't matter whether the subtraction step is done in the calculation
976   // width or the input iteration count's width; if the subtraction overflows,
977   // the result must be zero anyway.  We prefer here to do it in the width of
978   // the induction variable because it helps a lot for certain cases; CodeGen
979   // isn't smart enough to ignore the overflow, which leads to much less
980   // efficient code if the width of the subtraction is wider than the native
981   // register width.
982   //
983   // (It's possible to not widen at all by pulling out factors of 2 before
984   // the multiplication; for example, K=2 can be calculated as
985   // It/2*(It+(It*INT_MIN/INT_MIN)+-1). However, it requires
986   // extra arithmetic, so it's not an obvious win, and it gets
987   // much more complicated for K > 3.)
988 
989   // Protection from insane SCEVs; this bound is conservative,
990   // but it probably doesn't matter.
991   if (K > 1000)
992     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
993 
994   unsigned W = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(ResultTy);
995 
996   // Calculate K! / 2^T and T; we divide out the factors of two before
997   // multiplying for calculating K! / 2^T to avoid overflow.
998   // Other overflow doesn't matter because we only care about the bottom
999   // W bits of the result.
1000   APInt OddFactorial(W, 1);
1001   unsigned T = 1;
1002   for (unsigned i = 3; i <= K; ++i) {
1003     APInt Mult(W, i);
1004     unsigned TwoFactors = Mult.countTrailingZeros();
1005     T += TwoFactors;
1006     Mult = Mult.lshr(TwoFactors);
1007     OddFactorial *= Mult;
1008   }
1009 
1010   // We need at least W + T bits for the multiplication step
1011   unsigned CalculationBits = W + T;
1012 
1013   // Calculate 2^T, at width T+W.
1014   APInt DivFactor = APInt::getOneBitSet(CalculationBits, T);
1015 
1016   // Calculate the multiplicative inverse of K! / 2^T;
1017   // this multiplication factor will perform the exact division by
1018   // K! / 2^T.
1019   APInt Mod = APInt::getSignedMinValue(W+1);
1020   APInt MultiplyFactor = OddFactorial.zext(W+1);
1021   MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.multiplicativeInverse(Mod);
1022   MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.trunc(W);
1023 
1024   // Calculate the product, at width T+W
1025   IntegerType *CalculationTy = IntegerType::get(SE.getContext(),
1026                                                       CalculationBits);
1027   const SCEV *Dividend = SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, CalculationTy);
1028   for (unsigned i = 1; i != K; ++i) {
1029     const SCEV *S = SE.getMinusSCEV(It, SE.getConstant(It->getType(), i));
1030     Dividend = SE.getMulExpr(Dividend,
1031                              SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(S, CalculationTy));
1032   }
1033 
1034   // Divide by 2^T
1035   const SCEV *DivResult = SE.getUDivExpr(Dividend, SE.getConstant(DivFactor));
1036 
1037   // Truncate the result, and divide by K! / 2^T.
1038 
1039   return SE.getMulExpr(SE.getConstant(MultiplyFactor),
1040                        SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(DivResult, ResultTy));
1041 }
1042 
1043 /// evaluateAtIteration - Return the value of this chain of recurrences at
1044 /// the specified iteration number.  We can evaluate this recurrence by
1045 /// multiplying each element in the chain by the binomial coefficient
1046 /// corresponding to it.  In other words, we can evaluate {A,+,B,+,C,+,D} as:
1047 ///
1048 ///   A*BC(It, 0) + B*BC(It, 1) + C*BC(It, 2) + D*BC(It, 3)
1049 ///
1050 /// where BC(It, k) stands for binomial coefficient.
1051 ///
evaluateAtIteration(const SCEV * It,ScalarEvolution & SE) const1052 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::evaluateAtIteration(const SCEV *It,
1053                                                 ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
1054   const SCEV *Result = getStart();
1055   for (unsigned i = 1, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
1056     // The computation is correct in the face of overflow provided that the
1057     // multiplication is performed _after_ the evaluation of the binomial
1058     // coefficient.
1059     const SCEV *Coeff = BinomialCoefficient(It, i, SE, getType());
1060     if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Coeff))
1061       return Coeff;
1062 
1063     Result = SE.getAddExpr(Result, SE.getMulExpr(getOperand(i), Coeff));
1064   }
1065   return Result;
1066 }
1067 
1068 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1069 //                    SCEV Expression folder implementations
1070 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1071 
getTruncateExpr(const SCEV * Op,Type * Ty)1072 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getTruncateExpr(const SCEV *Op,
1073                                              Type *Ty) {
1074   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1075          "This is not a truncating conversion!");
1076   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1077          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1078   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1079 
1080   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1081   ID.AddInteger(scTruncate);
1082   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1083   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1084   void *IP = nullptr;
1085   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1086 
1087   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1088   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1089     return getConstant(
1090       cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getTrunc(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
1091 
1092   // trunc(trunc(x)) --> trunc(x)
1093   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op))
1094     return getTruncateExpr(ST->getOperand(), Ty);
1095 
1096   // trunc(sext(x)) --> sext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing
1097   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op))
1098     return getTruncateOrSignExtend(SS->getOperand(), Ty);
1099 
1100   // trunc(zext(x)) --> zext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing
1101   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1102     return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(SZ->getOperand(), Ty);
1103 
1104   // trunc(x1+x2+...+xN) --> trunc(x1)+trunc(x2)+...+trunc(xN) if we can
1105   // eliminate all the truncates.
1106   if (const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) {
1107     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1108     bool hasTrunc = false;
1109     for (unsigned i = 0, e = SA->getNumOperands(); i != e && !hasTrunc; ++i) {
1110       const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(SA->getOperand(i), Ty);
1111       hasTrunc = isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S);
1112       Operands.push_back(S);
1113     }
1114     if (!hasTrunc)
1115       return getAddExpr(Operands);
1116     UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP);  // Mutates IP, returns NULL.
1117   }
1118 
1119   // trunc(x1*x2*...*xN) --> trunc(x1)*trunc(x2)*...*trunc(xN) if we can
1120   // eliminate all the truncates.
1121   if (const SCEVMulExpr *SM = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Op)) {
1122     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1123     bool hasTrunc = false;
1124     for (unsigned i = 0, e = SM->getNumOperands(); i != e && !hasTrunc; ++i) {
1125       const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(SM->getOperand(i), Ty);
1126       hasTrunc = isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S);
1127       Operands.push_back(S);
1128     }
1129     if (!hasTrunc)
1130       return getMulExpr(Operands);
1131     UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP);  // Mutates IP, returns NULL.
1132   }
1133 
1134   // If the input value is a chrec scev, truncate the chrec's operands.
1135   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
1136     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1137     for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
1138       Operands.push_back(getTruncateExpr(AddRec->getOperand(i), Ty));
1139     return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
1140   }
1141 
1142   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. We can reuse
1143   // the existing insert position since if we get here, we won't have
1144   // made any changes which would invalidate it.
1145   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVTruncateExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1146                                                  Op, Ty);
1147   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1148   return S;
1149 }
1150 
getZeroExtendExpr(const SCEV * Op,Type * Ty)1151 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op,
1152                                                Type *Ty) {
1153   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1154          "This is not an extending conversion!");
1155   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1156          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1157   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1158 
1159   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1160   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1161     return getConstant(
1162       cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getZExt(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
1163 
1164   // zext(zext(x)) --> zext(x)
1165   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1166     return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty);
1167 
1168   // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already
1169   // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty.
1170   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1171   ID.AddInteger(scZeroExtend);
1172   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1173   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1174   void *IP = nullptr;
1175   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1176 
1177   // zext(trunc(x)) --> zext(x) or x or trunc(x)
1178   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
1179     // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all zero bits. If
1180     // so, we should be able to simplify this further.
1181     const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand();
1182     ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(X);
1183     unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType());
1184     unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
1185     if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).zeroExtend(NewBits).contains(
1186             CR.zextOrTrunc(NewBits)))
1187       return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(X, Ty);
1188   }
1189 
1190   // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value
1191   // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can zero extend all of the
1192   // operands (often constants).  This allows analysis of something like
1193   // this:  for (unsigned char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; }
1194   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op))
1195     if (AR->isAffine()) {
1196       const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1197       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
1198       unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1199       const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1200 
1201       // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow,
1202       // we don't need to do any further analysis.
1203       if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW))
1204         return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty),
1205                              getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty),
1206                              L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1207 
1208       // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
1209       // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
1210       // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
1211       // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
1212       // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
1213       // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
1214       // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
1215       // that value once it has finished.
1216       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
1217       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) {
1218         // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for
1219         // overflow.
1220 
1221         // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to
1222         // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned.
1223         const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount =
1224           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType());
1225         const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount =
1226           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType());
1227         if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) {
1228           Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1229           // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no unsigned overflow.
1230           const SCEV *ZMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step);
1231           const SCEV *ZAdd = getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, ZMul), WideTy);
1232           const SCEV *WideStart = getZeroExtendExpr(Start, WideTy);
1233           const SCEV *WideMaxBECount =
1234             getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy);
1235           const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd =
1236             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1237                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1238                                   getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy)));
1239           if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1240             // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1241             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW);
1242             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1243             return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty),
1244                                  getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty),
1245                                  L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1246           }
1247           // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as signed.
1248           // This covers loops that count down.
1249           OperandExtendedAdd =
1250             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1251                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1252                                   getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy)));
1253           if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1254             // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1255             // Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it still can't self-wrap.
1256             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW);
1257             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1258             return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty),
1259                                  getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty),
1260                                  L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1261           }
1262         }
1263 
1264         // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc value
1265         // the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by a comparison
1266         // with the start value and the backedge is guarded by a comparison
1267         // with the post-inc value, the addrec is safe.
1268         if (isKnownPositive(Step)) {
1269           const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) -
1270                                       getUnsignedRange(Step).getUnsignedMax());
1271           if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, AR, N) ||
1272               (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Start, N) &&
1273                isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT,
1274                                            AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), N))) {
1275             // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1276             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW);
1277             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1278             return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty),
1279                                  getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty),
1280                                  L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1281           }
1282         } else if (isKnownNegative(Step)) {
1283           const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) -
1284                                       getSignedRange(Step).getSignedMin());
1285           if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, AR, N) ||
1286               (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Start, N) &&
1287                isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT,
1288                                            AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), N))) {
1289             // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1290             // Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it still can't self-wrap.
1291             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW);
1292             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1293             return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty),
1294                                  getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty),
1295                                  L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1296           }
1297         }
1298       }
1299     }
1300 
1301   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node.
1302   // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated.
1303   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1304   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVZeroExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1305                                                    Op, Ty);
1306   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1307   return S;
1308 }
1309 
1310 // Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause
1311 // signed overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the loop does
1312 // not exceed this limit before incrementing.
getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV * Step,ICmpInst::Predicate * Pred,ScalarEvolution * SE)1313 static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1314                                            ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1315                                            ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1316   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType());
1317   if (SE->isKnownPositive(Step)) {
1318     *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
1319     return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) -
1320                            SE->getSignedRange(Step).getSignedMax());
1321   }
1322   if (SE->isKnownNegative(Step)) {
1323     *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
1324     return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth) -
1325                        SE->getSignedRange(Step).getSignedMin());
1326   }
1327   return nullptr;
1328 }
1329 
1330 // The recurrence AR has been shown to have no signed wrap. Typically, if we can
1331 // prove NSW for AR, then we can just as easily prove NSW for its preincrement
1332 // or postincrement sibling. This allows normalizing a sign extended AddRec as
1333 // such: {sext(Step + Start),+,Step} => {(Step + sext(Start),+,Step} As a
1334 // result, the expression "Step + sext(PreIncAR)" is congruent with
1335 // "sext(PostIncAR)"
getPreStartForSignExtend(const SCEVAddRecExpr * AR,Type * Ty,ScalarEvolution * SE)1336 static const SCEV *getPreStartForSignExtend(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
1337                                             Type *Ty,
1338                                             ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1339   const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1340   const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1341   const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE);
1342 
1343   // Check for a simple looking step prior to loop entry.
1344   const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Start);
1345   if (!SA)
1346     return nullptr;
1347 
1348   // Create an AddExpr for "PreStart" after subtracting Step. Full SCEV
1349   // subtraction is expensive. For this purpose, perform a quick and dirty
1350   // difference, by checking for Step in the operand list.
1351   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> DiffOps;
1352   for (const SCEV *Op : SA->operands())
1353     if (Op != Step)
1354       DiffOps.push_back(Op);
1355 
1356   if (DiffOps.size() == SA->getNumOperands())
1357     return nullptr;
1358 
1359   // This is a postinc AR. Check for overflow on the preinc recurrence using the
1360   // same three conditions that getSignExtendedExpr checks.
1361 
1362   // 1. NSW flags on the step increment.
1363   const SCEV *PreStart = SE->getAddExpr(DiffOps, SA->getNoWrapFlags());
1364   const SCEVAddRecExpr *PreAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(
1365     SE->getAddRecExpr(PreStart, Step, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap));
1366 
1367   if (PreAR && PreAR->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW))
1368     return PreStart;
1369 
1370   // 2. Direct overflow check on the step operation's expression.
1371   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1372   Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(SE->getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1373   const SCEV *OperandExtendedStart =
1374     SE->getAddExpr(SE->getSignExtendExpr(PreStart, WideTy),
1375                    SE->getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy));
1376   if (SE->getSignExtendExpr(Start, WideTy) == OperandExtendedStart) {
1377     // Cache knowledge of PreAR NSW.
1378     if (PreAR)
1379       const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(PreAR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW);
1380     // FIXME: this optimization needs a unit test
1381     DEBUG(dbgs() << "SCEV: untested prestart overflow check\n");
1382     return PreStart;
1383   }
1384 
1385   // 3. Loop precondition.
1386   ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
1387   const SCEV *OverflowLimit = getOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, SE);
1388 
1389   if (OverflowLimit &&
1390       SE->isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, PreStart, OverflowLimit)) {
1391     return PreStart;
1392   }
1393   return nullptr;
1394 }
1395 
1396 // Get the normalized sign-extended expression for this AddRec's Start.
getSignExtendAddRecStart(const SCEVAddRecExpr * AR,Type * Ty,ScalarEvolution * SE)1397 static const SCEV *getSignExtendAddRecStart(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
1398                                             Type *Ty,
1399                                             ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1400   const SCEV *PreStart = getPreStartForSignExtend(AR, Ty, SE);
1401   if (!PreStart)
1402     return SE->getSignExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), Ty);
1403 
1404   return SE->getAddExpr(SE->getSignExtendExpr(AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE), Ty),
1405                         SE->getSignExtendExpr(PreStart, Ty));
1406 }
1407 
getSignExtendExpr(const SCEV * Op,Type * Ty)1408 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op,
1409                                                Type *Ty) {
1410   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1411          "This is not an extending conversion!");
1412   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1413          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1414   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1415 
1416   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1417   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1418     return getConstant(
1419       cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSExt(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
1420 
1421   // sext(sext(x)) --> sext(x)
1422   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op))
1423     return getSignExtendExpr(SS->getOperand(), Ty);
1424 
1425   // sext(zext(x)) --> zext(x)
1426   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1427     return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty);
1428 
1429   // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already
1430   // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty.
1431   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1432   ID.AddInteger(scSignExtend);
1433   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1434   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1435   void *IP = nullptr;
1436   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1437 
1438   // If the input value is provably positive, build a zext instead.
1439   if (isKnownNonNegative(Op))
1440     return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
1441 
1442   // sext(trunc(x)) --> sext(x) or x or trunc(x)
1443   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
1444     // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all sign bits. If
1445     // so, we should be able to simplify this further.
1446     const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand();
1447     ConstantRange CR = getSignedRange(X);
1448     unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType());
1449     unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
1450     if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).signExtend(NewBits).contains(
1451             CR.sextOrTrunc(NewBits)))
1452       return getTruncateOrSignExtend(X, Ty);
1453   }
1454 
1455   // sext(C1 + (C2 * x)) --> C1 + sext(C2 * x) if C1 < C2
1456   if (auto SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) {
1457     if (SA->getNumOperands() == 2) {
1458       auto SC1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0));
1459       auto SMul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(SA->getOperand(1));
1460       if (SMul && SC1) {
1461         if (auto SC2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SMul->getOperand(0))) {
1462           const APInt &C1 = SC1->getValue()->getValue();
1463           const APInt &C2 = SC2->getValue()->getValue();
1464           if (C1.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.isStrictlyPositive() &&
1465               C2.ugt(C1) && C2.isPowerOf2())
1466             return getAddExpr(getSignExtendExpr(SC1, Ty),
1467                               getSignExtendExpr(SMul, Ty));
1468         }
1469       }
1470     }
1471   }
1472   // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value
1473   // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can sign extend all of the
1474   // operands (often constants).  This allows analysis of something like
1475   // this:  for (signed char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; }
1476   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op))
1477     if (AR->isAffine()) {
1478       const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1479       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
1480       unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1481       const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1482 
1483       // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow,
1484       // we don't need to do any further analysis.
1485       if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW))
1486         return getAddRecExpr(getSignExtendAddRecStart(AR, Ty, this),
1487                              getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty),
1488                              L, SCEV::FlagNSW);
1489 
1490       // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
1491       // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
1492       // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
1493       // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
1494       // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
1495       // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
1496       // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
1497       // that value once it has finished.
1498       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
1499       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) {
1500         // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for
1501         // overflow.
1502 
1503         // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to
1504         // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned.
1505         const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount =
1506           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType());
1507         const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount =
1508           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType());
1509         if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) {
1510           Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1511           // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no signed overflow.
1512           const SCEV *SMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step);
1513           const SCEV *SAdd = getSignExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, SMul), WideTy);
1514           const SCEV *WideStart = getSignExtendExpr(Start, WideTy);
1515           const SCEV *WideMaxBECount =
1516             getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy);
1517           const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd =
1518             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1519                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1520                                   getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy)));
1521           if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1522             // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1523             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW);
1524             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1525             return getAddRecExpr(getSignExtendAddRecStart(AR, Ty, this),
1526                                  getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty),
1527                                  L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1528           }
1529           // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as unsigned.
1530           // This covers loops that count up with an unsigned step.
1531           OperandExtendedAdd =
1532             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1533                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1534                                   getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy)));
1535           if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1536             // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1537             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW);
1538             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1539             return getAddRecExpr(getSignExtendAddRecStart(AR, Ty, this),
1540                                  getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty),
1541                                  L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1542           }
1543         }
1544 
1545         // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc value
1546         // the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by a comparison
1547         // with the start value and the backedge is guarded by a comparison
1548         // with the post-inc value, the addrec is safe.
1549         ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
1550         const SCEV *OverflowLimit = getOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, this);
1551         if (OverflowLimit &&
1552             (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, AR, OverflowLimit) ||
1553              (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, Start, OverflowLimit) &&
1554               isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, AR->getPostIncExpr(*this),
1555                                           OverflowLimit)))) {
1556           // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, then propagate NSW to the wide AddRec.
1557           const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW);
1558           return getAddRecExpr(getSignExtendAddRecStart(AR, Ty, this),
1559                                getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty),
1560                                L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1561         }
1562       }
1563       // If Start and Step are constants, check if we can apply this
1564       // transformation:
1565       // sext{C1,+,C2} --> C1 + sext{0,+,C2} if C1 < C2
1566       auto SC1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start);
1567       auto SC2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step);
1568       if (SC1 && SC2) {
1569         const APInt &C1 = SC1->getValue()->getValue();
1570         const APInt &C2 = SC2->getValue()->getValue();
1571         if (C1.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.ugt(C1) &&
1572             C2.isPowerOf2()) {
1573           Start = getSignExtendExpr(Start, Ty);
1574           const SCEV *NewAR = getAddRecExpr(getConstant(AR->getType(), 0), Step,
1575                                             L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1576           return getAddExpr(Start, getSignExtendExpr(NewAR, Ty));
1577         }
1578       }
1579     }
1580 
1581   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node.
1582   // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated.
1583   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1584   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSignExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1585                                                    Op, Ty);
1586   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1587   return S;
1588 }
1589 
1590 /// getAnyExtendExpr - Return a SCEV for the given operand extended with
1591 /// unspecified bits out to the given type.
1592 ///
getAnyExtendExpr(const SCEV * Op,Type * Ty)1593 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAnyExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op,
1594                                               Type *Ty) {
1595   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1596          "This is not an extending conversion!");
1597   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1598          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1599   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1600 
1601   // Sign-extend negative constants.
1602   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1603     if (SC->getValue()->getValue().isNegative())
1604       return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
1605 
1606   // Peel off a truncate cast.
1607   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
1608     const SCEV *NewOp = T->getOperand();
1609     if (getTypeSizeInBits(NewOp->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
1610       return getAnyExtendExpr(NewOp, Ty);
1611     return getTruncateOrNoop(NewOp, Ty);
1612   }
1613 
1614   // Next try a zext cast. If the cast is folded, use it.
1615   const SCEV *ZExt = getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
1616   if (!isa<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(ZExt))
1617     return ZExt;
1618 
1619   // Next try a sext cast. If the cast is folded, use it.
1620   const SCEV *SExt = getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
1621   if (!isa<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(SExt))
1622     return SExt;
1623 
1624   // Force the cast to be folded into the operands of an addrec.
1625   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
1626     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
1627     for (const SCEV *Op : AR->operands())
1628       Ops.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(Op, Ty));
1629     return getAddRecExpr(Ops, AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
1630   }
1631 
1632   // If the expression is obviously signed, use the sext cast value.
1633   if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Op))
1634     return SExt;
1635 
1636   // Absent any other information, use the zext cast value.
1637   return ZExt;
1638 }
1639 
1640 /// CollectAddOperandsWithScales - Process the given Ops list, which is
1641 /// a list of operands to be added under the given scale, update the given
1642 /// map. This is a helper function for getAddRecExpr. As an example of
1643 /// what it does, given a sequence of operands that would form an add
1644 /// expression like this:
1645 ///
1646 ///    m + n + 13 + (A * (o + p + (B * (q + m + 29)))) + r + (-1 * r)
1647 ///
1648 /// where A and B are constants, update the map with these values:
1649 ///
1650 ///    (m, 1+A*B), (n, 1), (o, A), (p, A), (q, A*B), (r, 0)
1651 ///
1652 /// and add 13 + A*B*29 to AccumulatedConstant.
1653 /// This will allow getAddRecExpr to produce this:
1654 ///
1655 ///    13+A*B*29 + n + (m * (1+A*B)) + ((o + p) * A) + (q * A*B)
1656 ///
1657 /// This form often exposes folding opportunities that are hidden in
1658 /// the original operand list.
1659 ///
1660 /// Return true iff it appears that any interesting folding opportunities
1661 /// may be exposed. This helps getAddRecExpr short-circuit extra work in
1662 /// the common case where no interesting opportunities are present, and
1663 /// is also used as a check to avoid infinite recursion.
1664 ///
1665 static bool
CollectAddOperandsWithScales(DenseMap<const SCEV *,APInt> & M,SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV * > & NewOps,APInt & AccumulatedConstant,const SCEV * const * Ops,size_t NumOperands,const APInt & Scale,ScalarEvolution & SE)1666 CollectAddOperandsWithScales(DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> &M,
1667                              SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &NewOps,
1668                              APInt &AccumulatedConstant,
1669                              const SCEV *const *Ops, size_t NumOperands,
1670                              const APInt &Scale,
1671                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
1672   bool Interesting = false;
1673 
1674   // Iterate over the add operands. They are sorted, with constants first.
1675   unsigned i = 0;
1676   while (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) {
1677     ++i;
1678     // Pull a buried constant out to the outside.
1679     if (Scale != 1 || AccumulatedConstant != 0 || C->getValue()->isZero())
1680       Interesting = true;
1681     AccumulatedConstant += Scale * C->getValue()->getValue();
1682   }
1683 
1684   // Next comes everything else. We're especially interested in multiplies
1685   // here, but they're in the middle, so just visit the rest with one loop.
1686   for (; i != NumOperands; ++i) {
1687     const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i]);
1688     if (Mul && isa<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) {
1689       APInt NewScale =
1690         Scale * cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))->getValue()->getValue();
1691       if (Mul->getNumOperands() == 2 && isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1))) {
1692         // A multiplication of a constant with another add; recurse.
1693         const SCEVAddExpr *Add = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1));
1694         Interesting |=
1695           CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant,
1696                                        Add->op_begin(), Add->getNumOperands(),
1697                                        NewScale, SE);
1698       } else {
1699         // A multiplication of a constant with some other value. Update
1700         // the map.
1701         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin()+1, Mul->op_end());
1702         const SCEV *Key = SE.getMulExpr(MulOps);
1703         std::pair<DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt>::iterator, bool> Pair =
1704           M.insert(std::make_pair(Key, NewScale));
1705         if (Pair.second) {
1706           NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first);
1707         } else {
1708           Pair.first->second += NewScale;
1709           // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate
1710           // a folding opportunity.
1711           Interesting = true;
1712         }
1713       }
1714     } else {
1715       // An ordinary operand. Update the map.
1716       std::pair<DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt>::iterator, bool> Pair =
1717         M.insert(std::make_pair(Ops[i], Scale));
1718       if (Pair.second) {
1719         NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first);
1720       } else {
1721         Pair.first->second += Scale;
1722         // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate
1723         // a folding opportunity.
1724         Interesting = true;
1725       }
1726     }
1727   }
1728 
1729   return Interesting;
1730 }
1731 
1732 namespace {
1733   struct APIntCompare {
operator ()__anonbe70a9c90411::APIntCompare1734     bool operator()(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS) const {
1735       return LHS.ult(RHS);
1736     }
1737   };
1738 }
1739 
1740 // We're trying to construct a SCEV of type `Type' with `Ops' as operands and
1741 // `OldFlags' as can't-wrap behavior.  Infer a more aggressive set of
1742 // can't-overflow flags for the operation if possible.
1743 static SCEV::NoWrapFlags
StrengthenNoWrapFlags(ScalarEvolution * SE,SCEVTypes Type,const SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV * > & Ops,SCEV::NoWrapFlags OldFlags)1744 StrengthenNoWrapFlags(ScalarEvolution *SE, SCEVTypes Type,
1745                       const SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
1746                       SCEV::NoWrapFlags OldFlags) {
1747   using namespace std::placeholders;
1748 
1749   bool CanAnalyze =
1750       Type == scAddExpr || Type == scAddRecExpr || Type == scMulExpr;
1751   (void)CanAnalyze;
1752   assert(CanAnalyze && "don't call from other places!");
1753 
1754   int SignOrUnsignMask = SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW;
1755   SCEV::NoWrapFlags SignOrUnsignWrap =
1756       ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(OldFlags, SignOrUnsignMask);
1757 
1758   // If FlagNSW is true and all the operands are non-negative, infer FlagNUW.
1759   auto IsKnownNonNegative =
1760     std::bind(std::mem_fn(&ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonNegative), SE, _1);
1761 
1762   if (SignOrUnsignWrap == SCEV::FlagNSW &&
1763       std::all_of(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), IsKnownNonNegative))
1764     return ScalarEvolution::setFlags(OldFlags,
1765                                      (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)SignOrUnsignMask);
1766 
1767   return OldFlags;
1768 }
1769 
1770 /// getAddExpr - Get a canonical add expression, or something simpler if
1771 /// possible.
getAddExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV * > & Ops,SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags)1772 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
1773                                         SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
1774   assert(!(Flags & ~(SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW)) &&
1775          "only nuw or nsw allowed");
1776   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty add!");
1777   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
1778 #ifndef NDEBUG
1779   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
1780   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
1781     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
1782            "SCEVAddExpr operand types don't match!");
1783 #endif
1784 
1785   Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddExpr, Ops, Flags);
1786 
1787   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
1788   GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI);
1789 
1790   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
1791   unsigned Idx = 0;
1792   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
1793     ++Idx;
1794     assert(Idx < Ops.size());
1795     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
1796       // We found two constants, fold them together!
1797       Ops[0] = getConstant(LHSC->getValue()->getValue() +
1798                            RHSC->getValue()->getValue());
1799       if (Ops.size() == 2) return Ops[0];
1800       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
1801       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
1802     }
1803 
1804     // If we are left with a constant zero being added, strip it off.
1805     if (LHSC->getValue()->isZero()) {
1806       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
1807       --Idx;
1808     }
1809 
1810     if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
1811   }
1812 
1813   // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list more than
1814   // once.  If so, merge them together into an multiply expression.  Since we
1815   // sorted the list, these values are required to be adjacent.
1816   Type *Ty = Ops[0]->getType();
1817   bool FoundMatch = false;
1818   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-1; ++i)
1819     if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1]) {      //  X + Y + Y  -->  X + Y*2
1820       // Scan ahead to count how many equal operands there are.
1821       unsigned Count = 2;
1822       while (i+Count != e && Ops[i+Count] == Ops[i])
1823         ++Count;
1824       // Merge the values into a multiply.
1825       const SCEV *Scale = getConstant(Ty, Count);
1826       const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Scale, Ops[i]);
1827       if (Ops.size() == Count)
1828         return Mul;
1829       Ops[i] = Mul;
1830       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+Count);
1831       --i; e -= Count - 1;
1832       FoundMatch = true;
1833     }
1834   if (FoundMatch)
1835     return getAddExpr(Ops, Flags);
1836 
1837   // Check for truncates. If all the operands are truncated from the same
1838   // type, see if factoring out the truncate would permit the result to be
1839   // folded. eg., trunc(x) + m*trunc(n) --> trunc(x + trunc(m)*n)
1840   // if the contents of the resulting outer trunc fold to something simple.
1841   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
1842     const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
1843     Type *DstType = Trunc->getType();
1844     Type *SrcType = Trunc->getOperand()->getType();
1845     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeOps;
1846     bool Ok = true;
1847     // Check all the operands to see if they can be represented in the
1848     // source type of the truncate.
1849     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) {
1850       if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[i])) {
1851         if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) {
1852           Ok = false;
1853           break;
1854         }
1855         LargeOps.push_back(T->getOperand());
1856       } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) {
1857         LargeOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType));
1858       } else if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i])) {
1859         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeMulOps;
1860         for (unsigned j = 0, f = M->getNumOperands(); j != f && Ok; ++j) {
1861           if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T =
1862                 dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(M->getOperand(j))) {
1863             if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) {
1864               Ok = false;
1865               break;
1866             }
1867             LargeMulOps.push_back(T->getOperand());
1868           } else if (const SCEVConstant *C =
1869                        dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(M->getOperand(j))) {
1870             LargeMulOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType));
1871           } else {
1872             Ok = false;
1873             break;
1874           }
1875         }
1876         if (Ok)
1877           LargeOps.push_back(getMulExpr(LargeMulOps));
1878       } else {
1879         Ok = false;
1880         break;
1881       }
1882     }
1883     if (Ok) {
1884       // Evaluate the expression in the larger type.
1885       const SCEV *Fold = getAddExpr(LargeOps, Flags);
1886       // If it folds to something simple, use it. Otherwise, don't.
1887       if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Fold) || isa<SCEVUnknown>(Fold))
1888         return getTruncateExpr(Fold, DstType);
1889     }
1890   }
1891 
1892   // Skip past any other cast SCEVs.
1893   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddExpr)
1894     ++Idx;
1895 
1896   // If there are add operands they would be next.
1897   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
1898     bool DeletedAdd = false;
1899     while (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
1900       // If we have an add, expand the add operands onto the end of the operands
1901       // list.
1902       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
1903       Ops.append(Add->op_begin(), Add->op_end());
1904       DeletedAdd = true;
1905     }
1906 
1907     // If we deleted at least one add, we added operands to the end of the list,
1908     // and they are not necessarily sorted.  Recurse to resort and resimplify
1909     // any operands we just acquired.
1910     if (DeletedAdd)
1911       return getAddExpr(Ops);
1912   }
1913 
1914   // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply.
1915   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr)
1916     ++Idx;
1917 
1918   // Check to see if there are any folding opportunities present with
1919   // operands multiplied by constant values.
1920   if (Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
1921     uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
1922     DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> M;
1923     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps;
1924     APInt AccumulatedConstant(BitWidth, 0);
1925     if (CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant,
1926                                      Ops.data(), Ops.size(),
1927                                      APInt(BitWidth, 1), *this)) {
1928       // Some interesting folding opportunity is present, so its worthwhile to
1929       // re-generate the operands list. Group the operands by constant scale,
1930       // to avoid multiplying by the same constant scale multiple times.
1931       std::map<APInt, SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>, APIntCompare> MulOpLists;
1932       for (SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *>::const_iterator I = NewOps.begin(),
1933            E = NewOps.end(); I != E; ++I)
1934         MulOpLists[M.find(*I)->second].push_back(*I);
1935       // Re-generate the operands list.
1936       Ops.clear();
1937       if (AccumulatedConstant != 0)
1938         Ops.push_back(getConstant(AccumulatedConstant));
1939       for (std::map<APInt, SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>, APIntCompare>::iterator
1940            I = MulOpLists.begin(), E = MulOpLists.end(); I != E; ++I)
1941         if (I->first != 0)
1942           Ops.push_back(getMulExpr(getConstant(I->first),
1943                                    getAddExpr(I->second)));
1944       if (Ops.empty())
1945         return getConstant(Ty, 0);
1946       if (Ops.size() == 1)
1947         return Ops[0];
1948       return getAddExpr(Ops);
1949     }
1950   }
1951 
1952   // If we are adding something to a multiply expression, make sure the
1953   // something is not already an operand of the multiply.  If so, merge it into
1954   // the multiply.
1955   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
1956     const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
1957     for (unsigned MulOp = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); MulOp != e; ++MulOp) {
1958       const SCEV *MulOpSCEV = Mul->getOperand(MulOp);
1959       if (isa<SCEVConstant>(MulOpSCEV))
1960         continue;
1961       for (unsigned AddOp = 0, e = Ops.size(); AddOp != e; ++AddOp)
1962         if (MulOpSCEV == Ops[AddOp]) {
1963           // Fold W + X + (X * Y * Z)  -->  W + (X * ((Y*Z)+1))
1964           const SCEV *InnerMul = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0);
1965           if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
1966             // If the multiply has more than two operands, we must get the
1967             // Y*Z term.
1968             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(),
1969                                                 Mul->op_begin()+MulOp);
1970             MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end());
1971             InnerMul = getMulExpr(MulOps);
1972           }
1973           const SCEV *One = getConstant(Ty, 1);
1974           const SCEV *AddOne = getAddExpr(One, InnerMul);
1975           const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(AddOne, MulOpSCEV);
1976           if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul;
1977           if (AddOp < Idx) {
1978             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp);
1979             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx-1);
1980           } else {
1981             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
1982             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp-1);
1983           }
1984           Ops.push_back(OuterMul);
1985           return getAddExpr(Ops);
1986         }
1987 
1988       // Check this multiply against other multiplies being added together.
1989       for (unsigned OtherMulIdx = Idx+1;
1990            OtherMulIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]);
1991            ++OtherMulIdx) {
1992         const SCEVMulExpr *OtherMul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]);
1993         // If MulOp occurs in OtherMul, we can fold the two multiplies
1994         // together.
1995         for (unsigned OMulOp = 0, e = OtherMul->getNumOperands();
1996              OMulOp != e; ++OMulOp)
1997           if (OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp) == MulOpSCEV) {
1998             // Fold X + (A*B*C) + (A*D*E) --> X + (A*(B*C+D*E))
1999             const SCEV *InnerMul1 = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0);
2000             if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2001               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(),
2002                                                   Mul->op_begin()+MulOp);
2003               MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end());
2004               InnerMul1 = getMulExpr(MulOps);
2005             }
2006             const SCEV *InnerMul2 = OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp == 0);
2007             if (OtherMul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2008               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(OtherMul->op_begin(),
2009                                                   OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp);
2010               MulOps.append(OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp+1, OtherMul->op_end());
2011               InnerMul2 = getMulExpr(MulOps);
2012             }
2013             const SCEV *InnerMulSum = getAddExpr(InnerMul1,InnerMul2);
2014             const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(MulOpSCEV, InnerMulSum);
2015             if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul;
2016             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2017             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+OtherMulIdx-1);
2018             Ops.push_back(OuterMul);
2019             return getAddExpr(Ops);
2020           }
2021       }
2022     }
2023   }
2024 
2025   // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other
2026   // added values are loop invariant.  If so, we can fold them into the
2027   // recurrence.
2028   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr)
2029     ++Idx;
2030 
2031   // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them.
2032   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2033     // Scan all of the other operands to this add and add them to the vector if
2034     // they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence.
2035     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps;
2036     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2037     const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop();
2038     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2039       if (isLoopInvariant(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) {
2040         LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]);
2041         Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i);
2042         --i; --e;
2043       }
2044 
2045     // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence.
2046     if (!LIOps.empty()) {
2047       //  NLI + LI + {Start,+,Step}  -->  NLI + {LI+Start,+,Step}
2048       LIOps.push_back(AddRec->getStart());
2049 
2050       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
2051                                              AddRec->op_end());
2052       AddRecOps[0] = getAddExpr(LIOps);
2053 
2054       // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the
2055       // outer add and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow.
2056       // Always propagate NW.
2057       Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
2058       const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, Flags);
2059 
2060       // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done.
2061       if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec;
2062 
2063       // Otherwise, add the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts.
2064       for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i)
2065         if (Ops[i] == AddRec) {
2066           Ops[i] = NewRec;
2067           break;
2068         }
2069       return getAddExpr(Ops);
2070     }
2071 
2072     // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see if
2073     // there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable being
2074     // added together.  If so, we can fold them.
2075     for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1;
2076          OtherIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2077          ++OtherIdx)
2078       if (AddRecLoop == cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])->getLoop()) {
2079         // Other + {A,+,B}<L> + {C,+,D}<L>  -->  Other + {A+C,+,B+D}<L>
2080         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
2081                                                AddRec->op_end());
2082         for (; OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2083              ++OtherIdx)
2084           if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *OtherAddRec =
2085                 dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]))
2086             if (OtherAddRec->getLoop() == AddRecLoop) {
2087               for (unsigned i = 0, e = OtherAddRec->getNumOperands();
2088                    i != e; ++i) {
2089                 if (i >= AddRecOps.size()) {
2090                   AddRecOps.append(OtherAddRec->op_begin()+i,
2091                                    OtherAddRec->op_end());
2092                   break;
2093                 }
2094                 AddRecOps[i] = getAddExpr(AddRecOps[i],
2095                                           OtherAddRec->getOperand(i));
2096               }
2097               Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx;
2098             }
2099         // Step size has changed, so we cannot guarantee no self-wraparound.
2100         Ops[Idx] = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
2101         return getAddExpr(Ops);
2102       }
2103 
2104     // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence.  Move onto the
2105     // next one.
2106   }
2107 
2108   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an add expr.  Check to see if we
2109   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
2110   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2111   ID.AddInteger(scAddExpr);
2112   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2113     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
2114   void *IP = nullptr;
2115   SCEVAddExpr *S =
2116     static_cast<SCEVAddExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
2117   if (!S) {
2118     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
2119     std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
2120     S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVAddExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
2121                                         O, Ops.size());
2122     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2123   }
2124   S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
2125   return S;
2126 }
2127 
umul_ov(uint64_t i,uint64_t j,bool & Overflow)2128 static uint64_t umul_ov(uint64_t i, uint64_t j, bool &Overflow) {
2129   uint64_t k = i*j;
2130   if (j > 1 && k / j != i) Overflow = true;
2131   return k;
2132 }
2133 
2134 /// Compute the result of "n choose k", the binomial coefficient.  If an
2135 /// intermediate computation overflows, Overflow will be set and the return will
2136 /// be garbage. Overflow is not cleared on absence of overflow.
Choose(uint64_t n,uint64_t k,bool & Overflow)2137 static uint64_t Choose(uint64_t n, uint64_t k, bool &Overflow) {
2138   // We use the multiplicative formula:
2139   //     n(n-1)(n-2)...(n-(k-1)) / k(k-1)(k-2)...1 .
2140   // At each iteration, we take the n-th term of the numeral and divide by the
2141   // (k-n)th term of the denominator.  This division will always produce an
2142   // integral result, and helps reduce the chance of overflow in the
2143   // intermediate computations. However, we can still overflow even when the
2144   // final result would fit.
2145 
2146   if (n == 0 || n == k) return 1;
2147   if (k > n) return 0;
2148 
2149   if (k > n/2)
2150     k = n-k;
2151 
2152   uint64_t r = 1;
2153   for (uint64_t i = 1; i <= k; ++i) {
2154     r = umul_ov(r, n-(i-1), Overflow);
2155     r /= i;
2156   }
2157   return r;
2158 }
2159 
2160 /// Determine if any of the operands in this SCEV are a constant or if
2161 /// any of the add or multiply expressions in this SCEV contain a constant.
containsConstantSomewhere(const SCEV * StartExpr)2162 static bool containsConstantSomewhere(const SCEV *StartExpr) {
2163   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
2164   Ops.push_back(StartExpr);
2165   while (!Ops.empty()) {
2166     const SCEV *CurrentExpr = Ops.pop_back_val();
2167     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(*CurrentExpr))
2168       return true;
2169 
2170     if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(*CurrentExpr) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(*CurrentExpr)) {
2171       const auto *CurrentNAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(CurrentExpr);
2172       for (const SCEV *Operand : CurrentNAry->operands())
2173         Ops.push_back(Operand);
2174     }
2175   }
2176   return false;
2177 }
2178 
2179 /// getMulExpr - Get a canonical multiply expression, or something simpler if
2180 /// possible.
getMulExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV * > & Ops,SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags)2181 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMulExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2182                                         SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2183   assert(Flags == maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
2184          "only nuw or nsw allowed");
2185   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty mul!");
2186   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2187 #ifndef NDEBUG
2188   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
2189   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2190     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
2191            "SCEVMulExpr operand types don't match!");
2192 #endif
2193 
2194   Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scMulExpr, Ops, Flags);
2195 
2196   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
2197   GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI);
2198 
2199   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
2200   unsigned Idx = 0;
2201   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2202 
2203     // C1*(C2+V) -> C1*C2 + C1*V
2204     if (Ops.size() == 2)
2205         if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1]))
2206           // If any of Add's ops are Adds or Muls with a constant,
2207           // apply this transformation as well.
2208           if (Add->getNumOperands() == 2)
2209             if (containsConstantSomewhere(Add))
2210               return getAddExpr(getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(0)),
2211                                 getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(1)));
2212 
2213     ++Idx;
2214     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
2215       // We found two constants, fold them together!
2216       ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(getContext(),
2217                                            LHSC->getValue()->getValue() *
2218                                            RHSC->getValue()->getValue());
2219       Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
2220       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
2221       if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2222       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
2223     }
2224 
2225     // If we are left with a constant one being multiplied, strip it off.
2226     if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->equalsInt(1)) {
2227       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
2228       --Idx;
2229     } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isZero()) {
2230       // If we have a multiply of zero, it will always be zero.
2231       return Ops[0];
2232     } else if (Ops[0]->isAllOnesValue()) {
2233       // If we have a mul by -1 of an add, try distributing the -1 among the
2234       // add operands.
2235       if (Ops.size() == 2) {
2236         if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1])) {
2237           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps;
2238           bool AnyFolded = false;
2239           for (SCEVAddRecExpr::op_iterator I = Add->op_begin(),
2240                  E = Add->op_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2241             const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Ops[0], *I);
2242             if (!isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Mul)) AnyFolded = true;
2243             NewOps.push_back(Mul);
2244           }
2245           if (AnyFolded)
2246             return getAddExpr(NewOps);
2247         }
2248         else if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *
2249                  AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[1])) {
2250           // Negation preserves a recurrence's no self-wrap property.
2251           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
2252           for (SCEVAddRecExpr::op_iterator I = AddRec->op_begin(),
2253                  E = AddRec->op_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2254             Operands.push_back(getMulExpr(Ops[0], *I));
2255           }
2256           return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(),
2257                                AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW));
2258         }
2259       }
2260     }
2261 
2262     if (Ops.size() == 1)
2263       return Ops[0];
2264   }
2265 
2266   // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply.
2267   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr)
2268     ++Idx;
2269 
2270   // If there are mul operands inline them all into this expression.
2271   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
2272     bool DeletedMul = false;
2273     while (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2274       // If we have an mul, expand the mul operands onto the end of the operands
2275       // list.
2276       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2277       Ops.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_end());
2278       DeletedMul = true;
2279     }
2280 
2281     // If we deleted at least one mul, we added operands to the end of the list,
2282     // and they are not necessarily sorted.  Recurse to resort and resimplify
2283     // any operands we just acquired.
2284     if (DeletedMul)
2285       return getMulExpr(Ops);
2286   }
2287 
2288   // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other
2289   // added values are loop invariant.  If so, we can fold them into the
2290   // recurrence.
2291   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr)
2292     ++Idx;
2293 
2294   // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them.
2295   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2296     // Scan all of the other operands to this mul and add them to the vector if
2297     // they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence.
2298     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps;
2299     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2300     const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop();
2301     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2302       if (isLoopInvariant(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) {
2303         LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]);
2304         Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i);
2305         --i; --e;
2306       }
2307 
2308     // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence.
2309     if (!LIOps.empty()) {
2310       //  NLI * LI * {Start,+,Step}  -->  NLI * {LI*Start,+,LI*Step}
2311       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps;
2312       NewOps.reserve(AddRec->getNumOperands());
2313       const SCEV *Scale = getMulExpr(LIOps);
2314       for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2315         NewOps.push_back(getMulExpr(Scale, AddRec->getOperand(i)));
2316 
2317       // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the
2318       // outer mul and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow.
2319       //
2320       // No self-wrap cannot be guaranteed after changing the step size, but
2321       // will be inferred if either NUW or NSW is true.
2322       Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(clearFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
2323       const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRecLoop, Flags);
2324 
2325       // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done.
2326       if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec;
2327 
2328       // Otherwise, multiply the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts.
2329       for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i)
2330         if (Ops[i] == AddRec) {
2331           Ops[i] = NewRec;
2332           break;
2333         }
2334       return getMulExpr(Ops);
2335     }
2336 
2337     // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see if
2338     // there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable being
2339     // multiplied together.  If so, we can fold them.
2340 
2341     // {A1,+,A2,+,...,+,An}<L> * {B1,+,B2,+,...,+,Bn}<L>
2342     // = {x=1 in [ sum y=x..2x [ sum z=max(y-x, y-n)..min(x,n) [
2343     //       choose(x, 2x)*choose(2x-y, x-z)*A_{y-z}*B_z
2344     //   ]]],+,...up to x=2n}.
2345     // Note that the arguments to choose() are always integers with values
2346     // known at compile time, never SCEV objects.
2347     //
2348     // The implementation avoids pointless extra computations when the two
2349     // addrec's are of different length (mathematically, it's equivalent to
2350     // an infinite stream of zeros on the right).
2351     bool OpsModified = false;
2352     for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1;
2353          OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2354          ++OtherIdx) {
2355       const SCEVAddRecExpr *OtherAddRec =
2356         dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2357       if (!OtherAddRec || OtherAddRec->getLoop() != AddRecLoop)
2358         continue;
2359 
2360       bool Overflow = false;
2361       Type *Ty = AddRec->getType();
2362       bool LargerThan64Bits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) > 64;
2363       SmallVector<const SCEV*, 7> AddRecOps;
2364       for (int x = 0, xe = AddRec->getNumOperands() +
2365              OtherAddRec->getNumOperands() - 1; x != xe && !Overflow; ++x) {
2366         const SCEV *Term = getConstant(Ty, 0);
2367         for (int y = x, ye = 2*x+1; y != ye && !Overflow; ++y) {
2368           uint64_t Coeff1 = Choose(x, 2*x - y, Overflow);
2369           for (int z = std::max(y-x, y-(int)AddRec->getNumOperands()+1),
2370                  ze = std::min(x+1, (int)OtherAddRec->getNumOperands());
2371                z < ze && !Overflow; ++z) {
2372             uint64_t Coeff2 = Choose(2*x - y, x-z, Overflow);
2373             uint64_t Coeff;
2374             if (LargerThan64Bits)
2375               Coeff = umul_ov(Coeff1, Coeff2, Overflow);
2376             else
2377               Coeff = Coeff1*Coeff2;
2378             const SCEV *CoeffTerm = getConstant(Ty, Coeff);
2379             const SCEV *Term1 = AddRec->getOperand(y-z);
2380             const SCEV *Term2 = OtherAddRec->getOperand(z);
2381             Term = getAddExpr(Term, getMulExpr(CoeffTerm, Term1,Term2));
2382           }
2383         }
2384         AddRecOps.push_back(Term);
2385       }
2386       if (!Overflow) {
2387         const SCEV *NewAddRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRec->getLoop(),
2388                                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
2389         if (Ops.size() == 2) return NewAddRec;
2390         Ops[Idx] = NewAddRec;
2391         Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx;
2392         OpsModified = true;
2393         AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec);
2394         if (!AddRec)
2395           break;
2396       }
2397     }
2398     if (OpsModified)
2399       return getMulExpr(Ops);
2400 
2401     // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence.  Move onto the
2402     // next one.
2403   }
2404 
2405   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an mul expr.  Check to see if we
2406   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
2407   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2408   ID.AddInteger(scMulExpr);
2409   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2410     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
2411   void *IP = nullptr;
2412   SCEVMulExpr *S =
2413     static_cast<SCEVMulExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
2414   if (!S) {
2415     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
2416     std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
2417     S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVMulExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
2418                                         O, Ops.size());
2419     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2420   }
2421   S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
2422   return S;
2423 }
2424 
2425 /// getUDivExpr - Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something
2426 /// simpler if possible.
getUDivExpr(const SCEV * LHS,const SCEV * RHS)2427 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
2428                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
2429   assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(LHS->getType()) ==
2430          getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()) &&
2431          "SCEVUDivExpr operand types don't match!");
2432 
2433   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
2434     if (RHSC->getValue()->equalsInt(1))
2435       return LHS;                               // X udiv 1 --> x
2436     // If the denominator is zero, the result of the udiv is undefined. Don't
2437     // try to analyze it, because the resolution chosen here may differ from
2438     // the resolution chosen in other parts of the compiler.
2439     if (!RHSC->getValue()->isZero()) {
2440       // Determine if the division can be folded into the operands of
2441       // its operands.
2442       // TODO: Generalize this to non-constants by using known-bits information.
2443       Type *Ty = LHS->getType();
2444       unsigned LZ = RHSC->getValue()->getValue().countLeadingZeros();
2445       unsigned MaxShiftAmt = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) - LZ - 1;
2446       // For non-power-of-two values, effectively round the value up to the
2447       // nearest power of two.
2448       if (!RHSC->getValue()->getValue().isPowerOf2())
2449         ++MaxShiftAmt;
2450       IntegerType *ExtTy =
2451         IntegerType::get(getContext(), getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) + MaxShiftAmt);
2452       if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS))
2453         if (const SCEVConstant *Step =
2454             dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this))) {
2455           // {X,+,N}/C --> {X/C,+,N/C} if safe and N/C can be folded.
2456           const APInt &StepInt = Step->getValue()->getValue();
2457           const APInt &DivInt = RHSC->getValue()->getValue();
2458           if (!StepInt.urem(DivInt) &&
2459               getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) ==
2460               getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy),
2461                             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy),
2462                             AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) {
2463             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
2464             for (unsigned i = 0, e = AR->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2465               Operands.push_back(getUDivExpr(AR->getOperand(i), RHS));
2466             return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AR->getLoop(),
2467                                  SCEV::FlagNW);
2468           }
2469           /// Get a canonical UDivExpr for a recurrence.
2470           /// {X,+,N}/C => {Y,+,N}/C where Y=X-(X%N). Safe when C%N=0.
2471           // We can currently only fold X%N if X is constant.
2472           const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStart());
2473           if (StartC && !DivInt.urem(StepInt) &&
2474               getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) ==
2475               getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy),
2476                             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy),
2477                             AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) {
2478             const APInt &StartInt = StartC->getValue()->getValue();
2479             const APInt &StartRem = StartInt.urem(StepInt);
2480             if (StartRem != 0)
2481               LHS = getAddRecExpr(getConstant(StartInt - StartRem), Step,
2482                                   AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
2483           }
2484         }
2485       // (A*B)/C --> A*(B/C) if safe and B/C can be folded.
2486       if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS)) {
2487         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
2488         for (unsigned i = 0, e = M->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2489           Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(M->getOperand(i), ExtTy));
2490         if (getZeroExtendExpr(M, ExtTy) == getMulExpr(Operands))
2491           // Find an operand that's safely divisible.
2492           for (unsigned i = 0, e = M->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
2493             const SCEV *Op = M->getOperand(i);
2494             const SCEV *Div = getUDivExpr(Op, RHSC);
2495             if (!isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Div) && getMulExpr(Div, RHSC) == Op) {
2496               Operands = SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>(M->op_begin(),
2497                                                       M->op_end());
2498               Operands[i] = Div;
2499               return getMulExpr(Operands);
2500             }
2501           }
2502       }
2503       // (A+B)/C --> (A/C + B/C) if safe and A/C and B/C can be folded.
2504       if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) {
2505         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
2506         for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2507           Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(A->getOperand(i), ExtTy));
2508         if (getZeroExtendExpr(A, ExtTy) == getAddExpr(Operands)) {
2509           Operands.clear();
2510           for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
2511             const SCEV *Op = getUDivExpr(A->getOperand(i), RHS);
2512             if (isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Op) ||
2513                 getMulExpr(Op, RHS) != A->getOperand(i))
2514               break;
2515             Operands.push_back(Op);
2516           }
2517           if (Operands.size() == A->getNumOperands())
2518             return getAddExpr(Operands);
2519         }
2520       }
2521 
2522       // Fold if both operands are constant.
2523       if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) {
2524         Constant *LHSCV = LHSC->getValue();
2525         Constant *RHSCV = RHSC->getValue();
2526         return getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHSCV,
2527                                                                    RHSCV)));
2528       }
2529     }
2530   }
2531 
2532   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2533   ID.AddInteger(scUDivExpr);
2534   ID.AddPointer(LHS);
2535   ID.AddPointer(RHS);
2536   void *IP = nullptr;
2537   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
2538   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUDivExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
2539                                              LHS, RHS);
2540   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2541   return S;
2542 }
2543 
gcd(const SCEVConstant * C1,const SCEVConstant * C2)2544 static const APInt gcd(const SCEVConstant *C1, const SCEVConstant *C2) {
2545   APInt A = C1->getValue()->getValue().abs();
2546   APInt B = C2->getValue()->getValue().abs();
2547   uint32_t ABW = A.getBitWidth();
2548   uint32_t BBW = B.getBitWidth();
2549 
2550   if (ABW > BBW)
2551     B = B.zext(ABW);
2552   else if (ABW < BBW)
2553     A = A.zext(BBW);
2554 
2555   return APIntOps::GreatestCommonDivisor(A, B);
2556 }
2557 
2558 /// getUDivExactExpr - Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or
2559 /// something simpler if possible. There is no representation for an exact udiv
2560 /// in SCEV IR, but we can attempt to remove factors from the LHS and RHS.
2561 /// We can't do this when it's not exact because the udiv may be clearing bits.
getUDivExactExpr(const SCEV * LHS,const SCEV * RHS)2562 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExactExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
2563                                               const SCEV *RHS) {
2564   // TODO: we could try to find factors in all sorts of things, but for now we
2565   // just deal with u/exact (multiply, constant). See SCEVDivision towards the
2566   // end of this file for inspiration.
2567 
2568   const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS);
2569   if (!Mul)
2570     return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
2571 
2572   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSCst = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
2573     // If the mulexpr multiplies by a constant, then that constant must be the
2574     // first element of the mulexpr.
2575     if (const SCEVConstant *LHSCst =
2576             dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) {
2577       if (LHSCst == RHSCst) {
2578         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
2579         Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end());
2580         return getMulExpr(Operands);
2581       }
2582 
2583       // We can't just assume that LHSCst divides RHSCst cleanly, it could be
2584       // that there's a factor provided by one of the other terms. We need to
2585       // check.
2586       APInt Factor = gcd(LHSCst, RHSCst);
2587       if (!Factor.isIntN(1)) {
2588         LHSCst = cast<SCEVConstant>(
2589             getConstant(LHSCst->getValue()->getValue().udiv(Factor)));
2590         RHSCst = cast<SCEVConstant>(
2591             getConstant(RHSCst->getValue()->getValue().udiv(Factor)));
2592         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
2593         Operands.push_back(LHSCst);
2594         Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end());
2595         LHS = getMulExpr(Operands);
2596         RHS = RHSCst;
2597         Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS);
2598         if (!Mul)
2599           return getUDivExactExpr(LHS, RHS);
2600       }
2601     }
2602   }
2603 
2604   for (int i = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
2605     if (Mul->getOperand(i) == RHS) {
2606       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
2607       Operands.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_begin() + i);
2608       Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + i + 1, Mul->op_end());
2609       return getMulExpr(Operands);
2610     }
2611   }
2612 
2613   return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
2614 }
2615 
2616 /// getAddRecExpr - Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop.
2617 /// Simplify the expression as much as possible.
getAddRecExpr(const SCEV * Start,const SCEV * Step,const Loop * L,SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags)2618 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(const SCEV *Start, const SCEV *Step,
2619                                            const Loop *L,
2620                                            SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2621   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
2622   Operands.push_back(Start);
2623   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *StepChrec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Step))
2624     if (StepChrec->getLoop() == L) {
2625       Operands.append(StepChrec->op_begin(), StepChrec->op_end());
2626       return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
2627     }
2628 
2629   Operands.push_back(Step);
2630   return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, Flags);
2631 }
2632 
2633 /// getAddRecExpr - Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop.
2634 /// Simplify the expression as much as possible.
2635 const SCEV *
getAddRecExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV * > & Operands,const Loop * L,SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags)2636 ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Operands,
2637                                const Loop *L, SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2638   if (Operands.size() == 1) return Operands[0];
2639 #ifndef NDEBUG
2640   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[0]->getType());
2641   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
2642     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
2643            "SCEVAddRecExpr operand types don't match!");
2644   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
2645     assert(isLoopInvariant(Operands[i], L) &&
2646            "SCEVAddRecExpr operand is not loop-invariant!");
2647 #endif
2648 
2649   if (Operands.back()->isZero()) {
2650     Operands.pop_back();
2651     return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); // {X,+,0}  -->  X
2652   }
2653 
2654   // It's tempting to want to call getMaxBackedgeTakenCount count here and
2655   // use that information to infer NUW and NSW flags. However, computing a
2656   // BE count requires calling getAddRecExpr, so we may not yet have a
2657   // meaningful BE count at this point (and if we don't, we'd be stuck
2658   // with a SCEVCouldNotCompute as the cached BE count).
2659 
2660   Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddRecExpr, Operands, Flags);
2661 
2662   // Canonicalize nested AddRecs in by nesting them in order of loop depth.
2663   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NestedAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operands[0])) {
2664     const Loop *NestedLoop = NestedAR->getLoop();
2665     if (L->contains(NestedLoop) ?
2666         (L->getLoopDepth() < NestedLoop->getLoopDepth()) :
2667         (!NestedLoop->contains(L) &&
2668          DT->dominates(L->getHeader(), NestedLoop->getHeader()))) {
2669       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NestedOperands(NestedAR->op_begin(),
2670                                                   NestedAR->op_end());
2671       Operands[0] = NestedAR->getStart();
2672       // AddRecs require their operands be loop-invariant with respect to their
2673       // loops. Don't perform this transformation if it would break this
2674       // requirement.
2675       bool AllInvariant = true;
2676       for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
2677         if (!isLoopInvariant(Operands[i], L)) {
2678           AllInvariant = false;
2679           break;
2680         }
2681       if (AllInvariant) {
2682         // Create a recurrence for the outer loop with the same step size.
2683         //
2684         // The outer recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if the
2685         // inner recurrence has the same property.
2686         SCEV::NoWrapFlags OuterFlags =
2687           maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW | NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags());
2688 
2689         NestedOperands[0] = getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, OuterFlags);
2690         AllInvariant = true;
2691         for (unsigned i = 0, e = NestedOperands.size(); i != e; ++i)
2692           if (!isLoopInvariant(NestedOperands[i], NestedLoop)) {
2693             AllInvariant = false;
2694             break;
2695           }
2696         if (AllInvariant) {
2697           // Ok, both add recurrences are valid after the transformation.
2698           //
2699           // The inner recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if
2700           // the outer recurrence has the same property.
2701           SCEV::NoWrapFlags InnerFlags =
2702             maskFlags(NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNW | Flags);
2703           return getAddRecExpr(NestedOperands, NestedLoop, InnerFlags);
2704         }
2705       }
2706       // Reset Operands to its original state.
2707       Operands[0] = NestedAR;
2708     }
2709   }
2710 
2711   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an addrec expr.  Check to see if we
2712   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
2713   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2714   ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr);
2715   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
2716     ID.AddPointer(Operands[i]);
2717   ID.AddPointer(L);
2718   void *IP = nullptr;
2719   SCEVAddRecExpr *S =
2720     static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
2721   if (!S) {
2722     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Operands.size());
2723     std::uninitialized_copy(Operands.begin(), Operands.end(), O);
2724     S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVAddRecExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
2725                                            O, Operands.size(), L);
2726     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2727   }
2728   S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
2729   return S;
2730 }
2731 
getSMaxExpr(const SCEV * LHS,const SCEV * RHS)2732 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
2733                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
2734   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops;
2735   Ops.push_back(LHS);
2736   Ops.push_back(RHS);
2737   return getSMaxExpr(Ops);
2738 }
2739 
2740 const SCEV *
getSMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV * > & Ops)2741 ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
2742   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty smax!");
2743   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2744 #ifndef NDEBUG
2745   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
2746   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2747     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
2748            "SCEVSMaxExpr operand types don't match!");
2749 #endif
2750 
2751   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
2752   GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI);
2753 
2754   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
2755   unsigned Idx = 0;
2756   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2757     ++Idx;
2758     assert(Idx < Ops.size());
2759     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
2760       // We found two constants, fold them together!
2761       ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(getContext(),
2762                               APIntOps::smax(LHSC->getValue()->getValue(),
2763                                              RHSC->getValue()->getValue()));
2764       Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
2765       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
2766       if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2767       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
2768     }
2769 
2770     // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off.
2771     if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(true)) {
2772       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
2773       --Idx;
2774     } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(true)) {
2775       // If we have an smax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be
2776       // maximum-int.
2777       return Ops[0];
2778     }
2779 
2780     if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2781   }
2782 
2783   // Find the first SMax
2784   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scSMaxExpr)
2785     ++Idx;
2786 
2787   // Check to see if one of the operands is an SMax. If so, expand its operands
2788   // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify.
2789   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
2790     bool DeletedSMax = false;
2791     while (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2792       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2793       Ops.append(SMax->op_begin(), SMax->op_end());
2794       DeletedSMax = true;
2795     }
2796 
2797     if (DeletedSMax)
2798       return getSMaxExpr(Ops);
2799   }
2800 
2801   // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice.  If
2802   // so, delete one.  Since we sorted the list, these values are required to
2803   // be adjacent.
2804   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i)
2805     //  X smax Y smax Y  -->  X smax Y
2806     //  X smax Y         -->  X, if X is always greater than Y
2807     if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] ||
2808         isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
2809       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2);
2810       --i; --e;
2811     } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
2812       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1);
2813       --i; --e;
2814     }
2815 
2816   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2817 
2818   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced smax down to nothing!");
2819 
2820   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an smax expr.  Check to see if we
2821   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
2822   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2823   ID.AddInteger(scSMaxExpr);
2824   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2825     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
2826   void *IP = nullptr;
2827   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
2828   const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
2829   std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
2830   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
2831                                              O, Ops.size());
2832   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2833   return S;
2834 }
2835 
getUMaxExpr(const SCEV * LHS,const SCEV * RHS)2836 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
2837                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
2838   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops;
2839   Ops.push_back(LHS);
2840   Ops.push_back(RHS);
2841   return getUMaxExpr(Ops);
2842 }
2843 
2844 const SCEV *
getUMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV * > & Ops)2845 ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
2846   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty umax!");
2847   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2848 #ifndef NDEBUG
2849   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
2850   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2851     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
2852            "SCEVUMaxExpr operand types don't match!");
2853 #endif
2854 
2855   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
2856   GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI);
2857 
2858   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
2859   unsigned Idx = 0;
2860   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2861     ++Idx;
2862     assert(Idx < Ops.size());
2863     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
2864       // We found two constants, fold them together!
2865       ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(getContext(),
2866                               APIntOps::umax(LHSC->getValue()->getValue(),
2867                                              RHSC->getValue()->getValue()));
2868       Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
2869       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
2870       if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2871       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
2872     }
2873 
2874     // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off.
2875     if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(false)) {
2876       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
2877       --Idx;
2878     } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(false)) {
2879       // If we have an umax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be
2880       // maximum-int.
2881       return Ops[0];
2882     }
2883 
2884     if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2885   }
2886 
2887   // Find the first UMax
2888   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scUMaxExpr)
2889     ++Idx;
2890 
2891   // Check to see if one of the operands is a UMax. If so, expand its operands
2892   // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify.
2893   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
2894     bool DeletedUMax = false;
2895     while (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2896       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2897       Ops.append(UMax->op_begin(), UMax->op_end());
2898       DeletedUMax = true;
2899     }
2900 
2901     if (DeletedUMax)
2902       return getUMaxExpr(Ops);
2903   }
2904 
2905   // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice.  If
2906   // so, delete one.  Since we sorted the list, these values are required to
2907   // be adjacent.
2908   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i)
2909     //  X umax Y umax Y  -->  X umax Y
2910     //  X umax Y         -->  X, if X is always greater than Y
2911     if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] ||
2912         isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
2913       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2);
2914       --i; --e;
2915     } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
2916       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1);
2917       --i; --e;
2918     }
2919 
2920   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2921 
2922   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced umax down to nothing!");
2923 
2924   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need a umax expr.  Check to see if we
2925   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
2926   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2927   ID.AddInteger(scUMaxExpr);
2928   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2929     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
2930   void *IP = nullptr;
2931   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
2932   const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
2933   std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
2934   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
2935                                              O, Ops.size());
2936   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2937   return S;
2938 }
2939 
getSMinExpr(const SCEV * LHS,const SCEV * RHS)2940 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
2941                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
2942   // ~smax(~x, ~y) == smin(x, y).
2943   return getNotSCEV(getSMaxExpr(getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS)));
2944 }
2945 
getUMinExpr(const SCEV * LHS,const SCEV * RHS)2946 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
2947                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
2948   // ~umax(~x, ~y) == umin(x, y)
2949   return getNotSCEV(getUMaxExpr(getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS)));
2950 }
2951 
getSizeOfExpr(Type * IntTy,Type * AllocTy)2952 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSizeOfExpr(Type *IntTy, Type *AllocTy) {
2953   // If we have DataLayout, we can bypass creating a target-independent
2954   // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt.
2955   // This is just a compile-time optimization.
2956   if (DL)
2957     return getConstant(IntTy, DL->getTypeAllocSize(AllocTy));
2958 
2959   Constant *C = ConstantExpr::getSizeOf(AllocTy);
2960   if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(C))
2961     if (Constant *Folded = ConstantFoldConstantExpression(CE, DL, TLI))
2962       C = Folded;
2963   Type *Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(AllocTy));
2964   assert(Ty == IntTy && "Effective SCEV type doesn't match");
2965   return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(C), Ty);
2966 }
2967 
getOffsetOfExpr(Type * IntTy,StructType * STy,unsigned FieldNo)2968 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getOffsetOfExpr(Type *IntTy,
2969                                              StructType *STy,
2970                                              unsigned FieldNo) {
2971   // If we have DataLayout, we can bypass creating a target-independent
2972   // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt.
2973   // This is just a compile-time optimization.
2974   if (DL) {
2975     return getConstant(IntTy,
2976                        DL->getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(FieldNo));
2977   }
2978 
2979   Constant *C = ConstantExpr::getOffsetOf(STy, FieldNo);
2980   if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(C))
2981     if (Constant *Folded = ConstantFoldConstantExpression(CE, DL, TLI))
2982       C = Folded;
2983 
2984   Type *Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(STy));
2985   return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(C), Ty);
2986 }
2987 
getUnknown(Value * V)2988 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUnknown(Value *V) {
2989   // Don't attempt to do anything other than create a SCEVUnknown object
2990   // here.  createSCEV only calls getUnknown after checking for all other
2991   // interesting possibilities, and any other code that calls getUnknown
2992   // is doing so in order to hide a value from SCEV canonicalization.
2993 
2994   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2995   ID.AddInteger(scUnknown);
2996   ID.AddPointer(V);
2997   void *IP = nullptr;
2998   if (SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) {
2999     assert(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue() == V &&
3000            "Stale SCEVUnknown in uniquing map!");
3001     return S;
3002   }
3003   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUnknown(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V, this,
3004                                             FirstUnknown);
3005   FirstUnknown = cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
3006   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3007   return S;
3008 }
3009 
3010 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3011 //            Basic SCEV Analysis and PHI Idiom Recognition Code
3012 //
3013 
3014 /// isSCEVable - Test if values of the given type are analyzable within
3015 /// the SCEV framework. This primarily includes integer types, and it
3016 /// can optionally include pointer types if the ScalarEvolution class
3017 /// has access to target-specific information.
isSCEVable(Type * Ty) const3018 bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVable(Type *Ty) const {
3019   // Integers and pointers are always SCEVable.
3020   return Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy();
3021 }
3022 
3023 /// getTypeSizeInBits - Return the size in bits of the specified type,
3024 /// for which isSCEVable must return true.
getTypeSizeInBits(Type * Ty) const3025 uint64_t ScalarEvolution::getTypeSizeInBits(Type *Ty) const {
3026   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
3027 
3028   // If we have a DataLayout, use it!
3029   if (DL)
3030     return DL->getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
3031 
3032   // Integer types have fixed sizes.
3033   if (Ty->isIntegerTy())
3034     return Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
3035 
3036   // The only other support type is pointer. Without DataLayout, conservatively
3037   // assume pointers are 64-bit.
3038   assert(Ty->isPointerTy() && "isSCEVable permitted a non-SCEVable type!");
3039   return 64;
3040 }
3041 
3042 /// getEffectiveSCEVType - Return a type with the same bitwidth as
3043 /// the given type and which represents how SCEV will treat the given
3044 /// type, for which isSCEVable must return true. For pointer types,
3045 /// this is the pointer-sized integer type.
getEffectiveSCEVType(Type * Ty) const3046 Type *ScalarEvolution::getEffectiveSCEVType(Type *Ty) const {
3047   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
3048 
3049   if (Ty->isIntegerTy()) {
3050     return Ty;
3051   }
3052 
3053   // The only other support type is pointer.
3054   assert(Ty->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected non-pointer non-integer type!");
3055 
3056   if (DL)
3057     return DL->getIntPtrType(Ty);
3058 
3059   // Without DataLayout, conservatively assume pointers are 64-bit.
3060   return Type::getInt64Ty(getContext());
3061 }
3062 
getCouldNotCompute()3063 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getCouldNotCompute() {
3064   return &CouldNotCompute;
3065 }
3066 
3067 namespace {
3068   // Helper class working with SCEVTraversal to figure out if a SCEV contains
3069   // a SCEVUnknown with null value-pointer. FindInvalidSCEVUnknown::FindOne
3070   // is set iff if find such SCEVUnknown.
3071   //
3072   struct FindInvalidSCEVUnknown {
3073     bool FindOne;
FindInvalidSCEVUnknown__anonbe70a9c90511::FindInvalidSCEVUnknown3074     FindInvalidSCEVUnknown() { FindOne = false; }
follow__anonbe70a9c90511::FindInvalidSCEVUnknown3075     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
3076       switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) {
3077       case scConstant:
3078         return false;
3079       case scUnknown:
3080         if (!cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue())
3081           FindOne = true;
3082         return false;
3083       default:
3084         return true;
3085       }
3086     }
isDone__anonbe70a9c90511::FindInvalidSCEVUnknown3087     bool isDone() const { return FindOne; }
3088   };
3089 }
3090 
checkValidity(const SCEV * S) const3091 bool ScalarEvolution::checkValidity(const SCEV *S) const {
3092   FindInvalidSCEVUnknown F;
3093   SCEVTraversal<FindInvalidSCEVUnknown> ST(F);
3094   ST.visitAll(S);
3095 
3096   return !F.FindOne;
3097 }
3098 
3099 /// getSCEV - Return an existing SCEV if it exists, otherwise analyze the
3100 /// expression and create a new one.
getSCEV(Value * V)3101 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value *V) {
3102   assert(isSCEVable(V->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!");
3103 
3104   ValueExprMapType::iterator I = ValueExprMap.find_as(V);
3105   if (I != ValueExprMap.end()) {
3106     const SCEV *S = I->second;
3107     if (checkValidity(S))
3108       return S;
3109     else
3110       ValueExprMap.erase(I);
3111   }
3112   const SCEV *S = createSCEV(V);
3113 
3114   // The process of creating a SCEV for V may have caused other SCEVs
3115   // to have been created, so it's necessary to insert the new entry
3116   // from scratch, rather than trying to remember the insert position
3117   // above.
3118   ValueExprMap.insert(std::make_pair(SCEVCallbackVH(V, this), S));
3119   return S;
3120 }
3121 
3122 /// getNegativeSCEV - Return a SCEV corresponding to -V = -1*V
3123 ///
getNegativeSCEV(const SCEV * V)3124 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNegativeSCEV(const SCEV *V) {
3125   if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V))
3126     return getConstant(
3127                cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(VC->getValue())));
3128 
3129   Type *Ty = V->getType();
3130   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
3131   return getMulExpr(V,
3132                   getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty))));
3133 }
3134 
3135 /// getNotSCEV - Return a SCEV corresponding to ~V = -1-V
getNotSCEV(const SCEV * V)3136 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNotSCEV(const SCEV *V) {
3137   if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V))
3138     return getConstant(
3139                 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNot(VC->getValue())));
3140 
3141   Type *Ty = V->getType();
3142   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
3143   const SCEV *AllOnes =
3144                    getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty)));
3145   return getMinusSCEV(AllOnes, V);
3146 }
3147 
3148 /// getMinusSCEV - Return LHS-RHS.  Minus is represented in SCEV as A+B*-1.
getMinusSCEV(const SCEV * LHS,const SCEV * RHS,SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags)3149 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMinusSCEV(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
3150                                           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
3151   assert(!maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW) && "subtraction does not have NUW");
3152 
3153   // Fast path: X - X --> 0.
3154   if (LHS == RHS)
3155     return getConstant(LHS->getType(), 0);
3156 
3157   // X - Y --> X + -Y.
3158   // X -(nsw || nuw) Y --> X + -Y.
3159   return getAddExpr(LHS, getNegativeSCEV(RHS));
3160 }
3161 
3162 /// getTruncateOrZeroExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the
3163 /// input value to the specified type.  If the type must be extended, it is zero
3164 /// extended.
3165 const SCEV *
getTruncateOrZeroExtend(const SCEV * V,Type * Ty)3166 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3167   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3168   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3169          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3170          "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
3171   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3172     return V;  // No conversion
3173   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3174     return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
3175   return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3176 }
3177 
3178 /// getTruncateOrSignExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the
3179 /// input value to the specified type.  If the type must be extended, it is sign
3180 /// extended.
3181 const SCEV *
getTruncateOrSignExtend(const SCEV * V,Type * Ty)3182 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V,
3183                                          Type *Ty) {
3184   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3185   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3186          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3187          "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
3188   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3189     return V;  // No conversion
3190   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3191     return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
3192   return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3193 }
3194 
3195 /// getNoopOrZeroExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the
3196 /// input value to the specified type.  If the type must be extended, it is zero
3197 /// extended.  The conversion must not be narrowing.
3198 const SCEV *
getNoopOrZeroExtend(const SCEV * V,Type * Ty)3199 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3200   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3201   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3202          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3203          "Cannot noop or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
3204   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3205          "getNoopOrZeroExtend cannot truncate!");
3206   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3207     return V;  // No conversion
3208   return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3209 }
3210 
3211 /// getNoopOrSignExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the
3212 /// input value to the specified type.  If the type must be extended, it is sign
3213 /// extended.  The conversion must not be narrowing.
3214 const SCEV *
getNoopOrSignExtend(const SCEV * V,Type * Ty)3215 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3216   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3217   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3218          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3219          "Cannot noop or sign extend with non-integer arguments!");
3220   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3221          "getNoopOrSignExtend cannot truncate!");
3222   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3223     return V;  // No conversion
3224   return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3225 }
3226 
3227 /// getNoopOrAnyExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of
3228 /// the input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended,
3229 /// it is extended with unspecified bits. The conversion must not be
3230 /// narrowing.
3231 const SCEV *
getNoopOrAnyExtend(const SCEV * V,Type * Ty)3232 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrAnyExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3233   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3234   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3235          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3236          "Cannot noop or any extend with non-integer arguments!");
3237   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3238          "getNoopOrAnyExtend cannot truncate!");
3239   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3240     return V;  // No conversion
3241   return getAnyExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3242 }
3243 
3244 /// getTruncateOrNoop - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the
3245 /// input value to the specified type.  The conversion must not be widening.
3246 const SCEV *
getTruncateOrNoop(const SCEV * V,Type * Ty)3247 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrNoop(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3248   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3249   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3250          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3251          "Cannot truncate or noop with non-integer arguments!");
3252   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) >= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3253          "getTruncateOrNoop cannot extend!");
3254   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3255     return V;  // No conversion
3256   return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
3257 }
3258 
3259 /// getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes - Promote the operands to the wider of
3260 /// the types using zero-extension, and then perform a umax operation
3261 /// with them.
getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV * LHS,const SCEV * RHS)3262 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS,
3263                                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
3264   const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS;
3265   const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS;
3266 
3267   if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
3268     PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType());
3269   else
3270     PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType());
3271 
3272   return getUMaxExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS);
3273 }
3274 
3275 /// getUMinFromMismatchedTypes - Promote the operands to the wider of
3276 /// the types using zero-extension, and then perform a umin operation
3277 /// with them.
getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV * LHS,const SCEV * RHS)3278 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS,
3279                                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
3280   const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS;
3281   const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS;
3282 
3283   if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
3284     PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType());
3285   else
3286     PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType());
3287 
3288   return getUMinExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS);
3289 }
3290 
3291 /// getPointerBase - Transitively follow the chain of pointer-type operands
3292 /// until reaching a SCEV that does not have a single pointer operand. This
3293 /// returns a SCEVUnknown pointer for well-formed pointer-type expressions,
3294 /// but corner cases do exist.
getPointerBase(const SCEV * V)3295 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getPointerBase(const SCEV *V) {
3296   // A pointer operand may evaluate to a nonpointer expression, such as null.
3297   if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy())
3298     return V;
3299 
3300   if (const SCEVCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVCastExpr>(V)) {
3301     return getPointerBase(Cast->getOperand());
3302   }
3303   else if (const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = dyn_cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(V)) {
3304     const SCEV *PtrOp = nullptr;
3305     for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end();
3306          I != E; ++I) {
3307       if ((*I)->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
3308         // Cannot find the base of an expression with multiple pointer operands.
3309         if (PtrOp)
3310           return V;
3311         PtrOp = *I;
3312       }
3313     }
3314     if (!PtrOp)
3315       return V;
3316     return getPointerBase(PtrOp);
3317   }
3318   return V;
3319 }
3320 
3321 /// PushDefUseChildren - Push users of the given Instruction
3322 /// onto the given Worklist.
3323 static void
PushDefUseChildren(Instruction * I,SmallVectorImpl<Instruction * > & Worklist)3324 PushDefUseChildren(Instruction *I,
3325                    SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) {
3326   // Push the def-use children onto the Worklist stack.
3327   for (User *U : I->users())
3328     Worklist.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U));
3329 }
3330 
3331 /// ForgetSymbolicValue - This looks up computed SCEV values for all
3332 /// instructions that depend on the given instruction and removes them from
3333 /// the ValueExprMapType map if they reference SymName. This is used during PHI
3334 /// resolution.
3335 void
ForgetSymbolicName(Instruction * PN,const SCEV * SymName)3336 ScalarEvolution::ForgetSymbolicName(Instruction *PN, const SCEV *SymName) {
3337   SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
3338   PushDefUseChildren(PN, Worklist);
3339 
3340   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
3341   Visited.insert(PN);
3342   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
3343     Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
3344     if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
3345       continue;
3346 
3347     ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
3348       ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
3349     if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
3350       const SCEV *Old = It->second;
3351 
3352       // Short-circuit the def-use traversal if the symbolic name
3353       // ceases to appear in expressions.
3354       if (Old != SymName && !hasOperand(Old, SymName))
3355         continue;
3356 
3357       // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized
3358       // structure, it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed
3359       // by createNodeForPHI, or it's a single-value PHI. In the first case,
3360       // additional loop trip count information isn't going to change anything.
3361       // In the second case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary
3362       // updates on its own when it gets to that point. In the third, we do
3363       // want to forget the SCEVUnknown.
3364       if (!isa<PHINode>(I) ||
3365           !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old) ||
3366           (I != PN && Old == SymName)) {
3367         forgetMemoizedResults(Old);
3368         ValueExprMap.erase(It);
3369       }
3370     }
3371 
3372     PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
3373   }
3374 }
3375 
3376 /// createNodeForPHI - PHI nodes have two cases.  Either the PHI node exists in
3377 /// a loop header, making it a potential recurrence, or it doesn't.
3378 ///
createNodeForPHI(PHINode * PN)3379 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForPHI(PHINode *PN) {
3380   if (const Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor(PN->getParent()))
3381     if (L->getHeader() == PN->getParent()) {
3382       // The loop may have multiple entrances or multiple exits; we can analyze
3383       // this phi as an addrec if it has a unique entry value and a unique
3384       // backedge value.
3385       Value *BEValueV = nullptr, *StartValueV = nullptr;
3386       for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
3387         Value *V = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
3388         if (L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) {
3389           if (!BEValueV) {
3390             BEValueV = V;
3391           } else if (BEValueV != V) {
3392             BEValueV = nullptr;
3393             break;
3394           }
3395         } else if (!StartValueV) {
3396           StartValueV = V;
3397         } else if (StartValueV != V) {
3398           StartValueV = nullptr;
3399           break;
3400         }
3401       }
3402       if (BEValueV && StartValueV) {
3403         // While we are analyzing this PHI node, handle its value symbolically.
3404         const SCEV *SymbolicName = getUnknown(PN);
3405         assert(ValueExprMap.find_as(PN) == ValueExprMap.end() &&
3406                "PHI node already processed?");
3407         ValueExprMap.insert(std::make_pair(SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this), SymbolicName));
3408 
3409         // Using this symbolic name for the PHI, analyze the value coming around
3410         // the back-edge.
3411         const SCEV *BEValue = getSCEV(BEValueV);
3412 
3413         // NOTE: If BEValue is loop invariant, we know that the PHI node just
3414         // has a special value for the first iteration of the loop.
3415 
3416         // If the value coming around the backedge is an add with the symbolic
3417         // value we just inserted, then we found a simple induction variable!
3418         if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(BEValue)) {
3419           // If there is a single occurrence of the symbolic value, replace it
3420           // with a recurrence.
3421           unsigned FoundIndex = Add->getNumOperands();
3422           for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
3423             if (Add->getOperand(i) == SymbolicName)
3424               if (FoundIndex == e) {
3425                 FoundIndex = i;
3426                 break;
3427               }
3428 
3429           if (FoundIndex != Add->getNumOperands()) {
3430             // Create an add with everything but the specified operand.
3431             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Ops;
3432             for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
3433               if (i != FoundIndex)
3434                 Ops.push_back(Add->getOperand(i));
3435             const SCEV *Accum = getAddExpr(Ops);
3436 
3437             // This is not a valid addrec if the step amount is varying each
3438             // loop iteration, but is not itself an addrec in this loop.
3439             if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) ||
3440                 (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum) &&
3441                  cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum)->getLoop() == L)) {
3442               SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3443 
3444               // If the increment doesn't overflow, then neither the addrec nor
3445               // the post-increment will overflow.
3446               if (const AddOperator *OBO = dyn_cast<AddOperator>(BEValueV)) {
3447                 if (OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
3448                   Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
3449                 if (OBO->hasNoSignedWrap())
3450                   Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
3451               } else if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(BEValueV)) {
3452                 // If the increment is an inbounds GEP, then we know the address
3453                 // space cannot be wrapped around. We cannot make any guarantee
3454                 // about signed or unsigned overflow because pointers are
3455                 // unsigned but we may have a negative index from the base
3456                 // pointer. We can guarantee that no unsigned wrap occurs if the
3457                 // indices form a positive value.
3458                 if (GEP->isInBounds()) {
3459                   Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW);
3460 
3461                   const SCEV *Ptr = getSCEV(GEP->getPointerOperand());
3462                   if (isKnownPositive(getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(GEP), Ptr)))
3463                     Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
3464                 }
3465 
3466                 // We cannot transfer nuw and nsw flags from subtraction
3467                 // operations -- sub nuw X, Y is not the same as add nuw X, -Y
3468                 // for instance.
3469               }
3470 
3471               const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
3472               const SCEV *PHISCEV = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, Flags);
3473 
3474               // Since the no-wrap flags are on the increment, they apply to the
3475               // post-incremented value as well.
3476               if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L))
3477                 (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal, Accum),
3478                                     Accum, L, Flags);
3479 
3480               // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI
3481               // to be symbolic.  We now need to go back and purge all of the
3482               // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression.
3483               ForgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName);
3484               ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV;
3485               return PHISCEV;
3486             }
3487           }
3488         } else if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec =
3489                      dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(BEValue)) {
3490           // Otherwise, this could be a loop like this:
3491           //     i = 0;  for (j = 1; ..; ++j) { ....  i = j; }
3492           // In this case, j = {1,+,1}  and BEValue is j.
3493           // Because the other in-value of i (0) fits the evolution of BEValue
3494           // i really is an addrec evolution.
3495           if (AddRec->getLoop() == L && AddRec->isAffine()) {
3496             const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
3497 
3498             // If StartVal = j.start - j.stride, we can use StartVal as the
3499             // initial step of the addrec evolution.
3500             if (StartVal == getMinusSCEV(AddRec->getOperand(0),
3501                                          AddRec->getOperand(1))) {
3502               // FIXME: For constant StartVal, we should be able to infer
3503               // no-wrap flags.
3504               const SCEV *PHISCEV =
3505                 getAddRecExpr(StartVal, AddRec->getOperand(1), L,
3506                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
3507 
3508               // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI
3509               // to be symbolic.  We now need to go back and purge all of the
3510               // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression.
3511               ForgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName);
3512               ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV;
3513               return PHISCEV;
3514             }
3515           }
3516         }
3517       }
3518     }
3519 
3520   // If the PHI has a single incoming value, follow that value, unless the
3521   // PHI's incoming blocks are in a different loop, in which case doing so
3522   // risks breaking LCSSA form. Instcombine would normally zap these, but
3523   // it doesn't have DominatorTree information, so it may miss cases.
3524   if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(PN, DL, TLI, DT, AC))
3525     if (LI->replacementPreservesLCSSAForm(PN, V))
3526       return getSCEV(V);
3527 
3528   // If it's not a loop phi, we can't handle it yet.
3529   return getUnknown(PN);
3530 }
3531 
3532 /// createNodeForGEP - Expand GEP instructions into add and multiply
3533 /// operations. This allows them to be analyzed by regular SCEV code.
3534 ///
createNodeForGEP(GEPOperator * GEP)3535 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForGEP(GEPOperator *GEP) {
3536   Type *IntPtrTy = getEffectiveSCEVType(GEP->getType());
3537   Value *Base = GEP->getOperand(0);
3538   // Don't attempt to analyze GEPs over unsized objects.
3539   if (!Base->getType()->getPointerElementType()->isSized())
3540     return getUnknown(GEP);
3541 
3542   // Don't blindly transfer the inbounds flag from the GEP instruction to the
3543   // Add expression, because the Instruction may be guarded by control flow
3544   // and the no-overflow bits may not be valid for the expression in any
3545   // context.
3546   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Wrap = GEP->isInBounds() ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3547 
3548   const SCEV *TotalOffset = getConstant(IntPtrTy, 0);
3549   gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
3550   for (GetElementPtrInst::op_iterator I = std::next(GEP->op_begin()),
3551                                       E = GEP->op_end();
3552        I != E; ++I) {
3553     Value *Index = *I;
3554     // Compute the (potentially symbolic) offset in bytes for this index.
3555     if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI++)) {
3556       // For a struct, add the member offset.
3557       unsigned FieldNo = cast<ConstantInt>(Index)->getZExtValue();
3558       const SCEV *FieldOffset = getOffsetOfExpr(IntPtrTy, STy, FieldNo);
3559 
3560       // Add the field offset to the running total offset.
3561       TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, FieldOffset);
3562     } else {
3563       // For an array, add the element offset, explicitly scaled.
3564       const SCEV *ElementSize = getSizeOfExpr(IntPtrTy, *GTI);
3565       const SCEV *IndexS = getSCEV(Index);
3566       // Getelementptr indices are signed.
3567       IndexS = getTruncateOrSignExtend(IndexS, IntPtrTy);
3568 
3569       // Multiply the index by the element size to compute the element offset.
3570       const SCEV *LocalOffset = getMulExpr(IndexS, ElementSize, Wrap);
3571 
3572       // Add the element offset to the running total offset.
3573       TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, LocalOffset);
3574     }
3575   }
3576 
3577   // Get the SCEV for the GEP base.
3578   const SCEV *BaseS = getSCEV(Base);
3579 
3580   // Add the total offset from all the GEP indices to the base.
3581   return getAddExpr(BaseS, TotalOffset, Wrap);
3582 }
3583 
3584 /// GetMinTrailingZeros - Determine the minimum number of zero bits that S is
3585 /// guaranteed to end in (at every loop iteration).  It is, at the same time,
3586 /// the minimum number of times S is divisible by 2.  For example, given {4,+,8}
3587 /// it returns 2.  If S is guaranteed to be 0, it returns the bitwidth of S.
3588 uint32_t
GetMinTrailingZeros(const SCEV * S)3589 ScalarEvolution::GetMinTrailingZeros(const SCEV *S) {
3590   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
3591     return C->getValue()->getValue().countTrailingZeros();
3592 
3593   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S))
3594     return std::min(GetMinTrailingZeros(T->getOperand()),
3595                     (uint32_t)getTypeSizeInBits(T->getType()));
3596 
3597   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) {
3598     uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand());
3599     return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType()) ?
3600              getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType()) : OpRes;
3601   }
3602 
3603   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
3604     uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand());
3605     return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType()) ?
3606              getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType()) : OpRes;
3607   }
3608 
3609   if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
3610     // The result is the min of all operands results.
3611     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0));
3612     for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
3613       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i)));
3614     return MinOpRes;
3615   }
3616 
3617   if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
3618     // The result is the sum of all operands results.
3619     uint32_t SumOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
3620     uint32_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(M->getType());
3621     for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands();
3622          SumOpRes != BitWidth && i != e; ++i)
3623       SumOpRes = std::min(SumOpRes + GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)),
3624                           BitWidth);
3625     return SumOpRes;
3626   }
3627 
3628   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
3629     // The result is the min of all operands results.
3630     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0));
3631     for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
3632       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i)));
3633     return MinOpRes;
3634   }
3635 
3636   if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) {
3637     // The result is the min of all operands results.
3638     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
3639     for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
3640       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)));
3641     return MinOpRes;
3642   }
3643 
3644   if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) {
3645     // The result is the min of all operands results.
3646     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
3647     for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
3648       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)));
3649     return MinOpRes;
3650   }
3651 
3652   if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
3653     // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking.
3654     unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(U->getType());
3655     APInt Zeros(BitWidth, 0), Ones(BitWidth, 0);
3656     computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), Zeros, Ones, DL, 0, AC, nullptr, DT);
3657     return Zeros.countTrailingOnes();
3658   }
3659 
3660   // SCEVUDivExpr
3661   return 0;
3662 }
3663 
3664 /// GetRangeFromMetadata - Helper method to assign a range to V from
3665 /// metadata present in the IR.
GetRangeFromMetadata(Value * V)3666 static Optional<ConstantRange> GetRangeFromMetadata(Value *V) {
3667   if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
3668     if (MDNode *MD = I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range)) {
3669       ConstantRange TotalRange(
3670           cast<IntegerType>(I->getType())->getBitWidth(), false);
3671 
3672       unsigned NumRanges = MD->getNumOperands() / 2;
3673       assert(NumRanges >= 1);
3674 
3675       for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumRanges; ++i) {
3676         ConstantInt *Lower =
3677             mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(MD->getOperand(2 * i + 0));
3678         ConstantInt *Upper =
3679             mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(MD->getOperand(2 * i + 1));
3680         ConstantRange Range(Lower->getValue(), Upper->getValue());
3681         TotalRange = TotalRange.unionWith(Range);
3682       }
3683 
3684       return TotalRange;
3685     }
3686   }
3687 
3688   return None;
3689 }
3690 
3691 /// getUnsignedRange - Determine the unsigned range for a particular SCEV.
3692 ///
3693 ConstantRange
getUnsignedRange(const SCEV * S)3694 ScalarEvolution::getUnsignedRange(const SCEV *S) {
3695   // See if we've computed this range already.
3696   DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange>::iterator I = UnsignedRanges.find(S);
3697   if (I != UnsignedRanges.end())
3698     return I->second;
3699 
3700   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
3701     return setUnsignedRange(C, ConstantRange(C->getValue()->getValue()));
3702 
3703   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType());
3704   ConstantRange ConservativeResult(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/true);
3705 
3706   // If the value has known zeros, the maximum unsigned value will have those
3707   // known zeros as well.
3708   uint32_t TZ = GetMinTrailingZeros(S);
3709   if (TZ != 0)
3710     ConservativeResult =
3711       ConstantRange(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth),
3712                     APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth).lshr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1);
3713 
3714   if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
3715     ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(Add->getOperand(0));
3716     for (unsigned i = 1, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
3717       X = X.add(getUnsignedRange(Add->getOperand(i)));
3718     return setUnsignedRange(Add, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
3719   }
3720 
3721   if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
3722     ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(Mul->getOperand(0));
3723     for (unsigned i = 1, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
3724       X = X.multiply(getUnsignedRange(Mul->getOperand(i)));
3725     return setUnsignedRange(Mul, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
3726   }
3727 
3728   if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) {
3729     ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(SMax->getOperand(0));
3730     for (unsigned i = 1, e = SMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
3731       X = X.smax(getUnsignedRange(SMax->getOperand(i)));
3732     return setUnsignedRange(SMax, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
3733   }
3734 
3735   if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) {
3736     ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(UMax->getOperand(0));
3737     for (unsigned i = 1, e = UMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
3738       X = X.umax(getUnsignedRange(UMax->getOperand(i)));
3739     return setUnsignedRange(UMax, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
3740   }
3741 
3742   if (const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S)) {
3743     ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(UDiv->getLHS());
3744     ConstantRange Y = getUnsignedRange(UDiv->getRHS());
3745     return setUnsignedRange(UDiv, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.udiv(Y)));
3746   }
3747 
3748   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) {
3749     ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(ZExt->getOperand());
3750     return setUnsignedRange(ZExt,
3751       ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.zeroExtend(BitWidth)));
3752   }
3753 
3754   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
3755     ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(SExt->getOperand());
3756     return setUnsignedRange(SExt,
3757       ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.signExtend(BitWidth)));
3758   }
3759 
3760   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)) {
3761     ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(Trunc->getOperand());
3762     return setUnsignedRange(Trunc,
3763       ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.truncate(BitWidth)));
3764   }
3765 
3766   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
3767     // If there's no unsigned wrap, the value will never be less than its
3768     // initial value.
3769     if (AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW))
3770       if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getStart()))
3771         if (!C->getValue()->isZero())
3772           ConservativeResult =
3773             ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
3774               ConstantRange(C->getValue()->getValue(), APInt(BitWidth, 0)));
3775 
3776     // TODO: non-affine addrec
3777     if (AddRec->isAffine()) {
3778       Type *Ty = AddRec->getType();
3779       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
3780       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
3781           getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth) {
3782         MaxBECount = getNoopOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Ty);
3783 
3784         const SCEV *Start = AddRec->getStart();
3785         const SCEV *Step = AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this);
3786 
3787         ConstantRange StartRange = getUnsignedRange(Start);
3788         ConstantRange StepRange = getSignedRange(Step);
3789         ConstantRange MaxBECountRange = getUnsignedRange(MaxBECount);
3790         ConstantRange EndRange =
3791           StartRange.add(MaxBECountRange.multiply(StepRange));
3792 
3793         // Check for overflow. This must be done with ConstantRange arithmetic
3794         // because we could be called from within the ScalarEvolution overflow
3795         // checking code.
3796         ConstantRange ExtStartRange = StartRange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1);
3797         ConstantRange ExtStepRange = StepRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1);
3798         ConstantRange ExtMaxBECountRange =
3799           MaxBECountRange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1);
3800         ConstantRange ExtEndRange = EndRange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1);
3801         if (ExtStartRange.add(ExtMaxBECountRange.multiply(ExtStepRange)) !=
3802             ExtEndRange)
3803           return setUnsignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult);
3804 
3805         APInt Min = APIntOps::umin(StartRange.getUnsignedMin(),
3806                                    EndRange.getUnsignedMin());
3807         APInt Max = APIntOps::umax(StartRange.getUnsignedMax(),
3808                                    EndRange.getUnsignedMax());
3809         if (Min.isMinValue() && Max.isMaxValue())
3810           return setUnsignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult);
3811         return setUnsignedRange(AddRec,
3812           ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Min, Max+1)));
3813       }
3814     }
3815 
3816     return setUnsignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult);
3817   }
3818 
3819   if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
3820     // Check if the IR explicitly contains !range metadata.
3821     Optional<ConstantRange> MDRange = GetRangeFromMetadata(U->getValue());
3822     if (MDRange.hasValue())
3823       ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(MDRange.getValue());
3824 
3825     // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking.
3826     APInt Zeros(BitWidth, 0), Ones(BitWidth, 0);
3827     computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), Zeros, Ones, DL, 0, AC, nullptr, DT);
3828     if (Ones == ~Zeros + 1)
3829       return setUnsignedRange(U, ConservativeResult);
3830     return setUnsignedRange(U,
3831       ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Ones, ~Zeros + 1)));
3832   }
3833 
3834   return setUnsignedRange(S, ConservativeResult);
3835 }
3836 
3837 /// getSignedRange - Determine the signed range for a particular SCEV.
3838 ///
3839 ConstantRange
getSignedRange(const SCEV * S)3840 ScalarEvolution::getSignedRange(const SCEV *S) {
3841   // See if we've computed this range already.
3842   DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange>::iterator I = SignedRanges.find(S);
3843   if (I != SignedRanges.end())
3844     return I->second;
3845 
3846   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
3847     return setSignedRange(C, ConstantRange(C->getValue()->getValue()));
3848 
3849   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType());
3850   ConstantRange ConservativeResult(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/true);
3851 
3852   // If the value has known zeros, the maximum signed value will have those
3853   // known zeros as well.
3854   uint32_t TZ = GetMinTrailingZeros(S);
3855   if (TZ != 0)
3856     ConservativeResult =
3857       ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth),
3858                     APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1);
3859 
3860   if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
3861     ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(Add->getOperand(0));
3862     for (unsigned i = 1, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
3863       X = X.add(getSignedRange(Add->getOperand(i)));
3864     return setSignedRange(Add, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
3865   }
3866 
3867   if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
3868     ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(Mul->getOperand(0));
3869     for (unsigned i = 1, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
3870       X = X.multiply(getSignedRange(Mul->getOperand(i)));
3871     return setSignedRange(Mul, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
3872   }
3873 
3874   if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) {
3875     ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(SMax->getOperand(0));
3876     for (unsigned i = 1, e = SMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
3877       X = X.smax(getSignedRange(SMax->getOperand(i)));
3878     return setSignedRange(SMax, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
3879   }
3880 
3881   if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) {
3882     ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(UMax->getOperand(0));
3883     for (unsigned i = 1, e = UMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
3884       X = X.umax(getSignedRange(UMax->getOperand(i)));
3885     return setSignedRange(UMax, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
3886   }
3887 
3888   if (const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S)) {
3889     ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(UDiv->getLHS());
3890     ConstantRange Y = getSignedRange(UDiv->getRHS());
3891     return setSignedRange(UDiv, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.udiv(Y)));
3892   }
3893 
3894   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) {
3895     ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(ZExt->getOperand());
3896     return setSignedRange(ZExt,
3897       ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.zeroExtend(BitWidth)));
3898   }
3899 
3900   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
3901     ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(SExt->getOperand());
3902     return setSignedRange(SExt,
3903       ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.signExtend(BitWidth)));
3904   }
3905 
3906   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)) {
3907     ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(Trunc->getOperand());
3908     return setSignedRange(Trunc,
3909       ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.truncate(BitWidth)));
3910   }
3911 
3912   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
3913     // If there's no signed wrap, and all the operands have the same sign or
3914     // zero, the value won't ever change sign.
3915     if (AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW)) {
3916       bool AllNonNeg = true;
3917       bool AllNonPos = true;
3918       for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3919         if (!isKnownNonNegative(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonNeg = false;
3920         if (!isKnownNonPositive(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonPos = false;
3921       }
3922       if (AllNonNeg)
3923         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
3924           ConstantRange(APInt(BitWidth, 0),
3925                         APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth)));
3926       else if (AllNonPos)
3927         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
3928           ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth),
3929                         APInt(BitWidth, 1)));
3930     }
3931 
3932     // TODO: non-affine addrec
3933     if (AddRec->isAffine()) {
3934       Type *Ty = AddRec->getType();
3935       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
3936       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
3937           getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth) {
3938         MaxBECount = getNoopOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Ty);
3939 
3940         const SCEV *Start = AddRec->getStart();
3941         const SCEV *Step = AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this);
3942 
3943         ConstantRange StartRange = getSignedRange(Start);
3944         ConstantRange StepRange = getSignedRange(Step);
3945         ConstantRange MaxBECountRange = getUnsignedRange(MaxBECount);
3946         ConstantRange EndRange =
3947           StartRange.add(MaxBECountRange.multiply(StepRange));
3948 
3949         // Check for overflow. This must be done with ConstantRange arithmetic
3950         // because we could be called from within the ScalarEvolution overflow
3951         // checking code.
3952         ConstantRange ExtStartRange = StartRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1);
3953         ConstantRange ExtStepRange = StepRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1);
3954         ConstantRange ExtMaxBECountRange =
3955           MaxBECountRange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1);
3956         ConstantRange ExtEndRange = EndRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1);
3957         if (ExtStartRange.add(ExtMaxBECountRange.multiply(ExtStepRange)) !=
3958             ExtEndRange)
3959           return setSignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult);
3960 
3961         APInt Min = APIntOps::smin(StartRange.getSignedMin(),
3962                                    EndRange.getSignedMin());
3963         APInt Max = APIntOps::smax(StartRange.getSignedMax(),
3964                                    EndRange.getSignedMax());
3965         if (Min.isMinSignedValue() && Max.isMaxSignedValue())
3966           return setSignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult);
3967         return setSignedRange(AddRec,
3968           ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Min, Max+1)));
3969       }
3970     }
3971 
3972     return setSignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult);
3973   }
3974 
3975   if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
3976     // Check if the IR explicitly contains !range metadata.
3977     Optional<ConstantRange> MDRange = GetRangeFromMetadata(U->getValue());
3978     if (MDRange.hasValue())
3979       ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(MDRange.getValue());
3980 
3981     // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking.
3982     if (!U->getValue()->getType()->isIntegerTy() && !DL)
3983       return setSignedRange(U, ConservativeResult);
3984     unsigned NS = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getValue(), DL, 0, AC, nullptr, DT);
3985     if (NS <= 1)
3986       return setSignedRange(U, ConservativeResult);
3987     return setSignedRange(U, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
3988       ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1),
3989                     APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1)+1)));
3990   }
3991 
3992   return setSignedRange(S, ConservativeResult);
3993 }
3994 
3995 /// createSCEV - We know that there is no SCEV for the specified value.
3996 /// Analyze the expression.
3997 ///
createSCEV(Value * V)3998 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createSCEV(Value *V) {
3999   if (!isSCEVable(V->getType()))
4000     return getUnknown(V);
4001 
4002   unsigned Opcode = Instruction::UserOp1;
4003   if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
4004     Opcode = I->getOpcode();
4005 
4006     // Don't attempt to analyze instructions in blocks that aren't
4007     // reachable. Such instructions don't matter, and they aren't required
4008     // to obey basic rules for definitions dominating uses which this
4009     // analysis depends on.
4010     if (!DT->isReachableFromEntry(I->getParent()))
4011       return getUnknown(V);
4012   } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
4013     Opcode = CE->getOpcode();
4014   else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
4015     return getConstant(CI);
4016   else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V))
4017     return getConstant(V->getType(), 0);
4018   else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(V))
4019     return GA->mayBeOverridden() ? getUnknown(V) : getSCEV(GA->getAliasee());
4020   else
4021     return getUnknown(V);
4022 
4023   Operator *U = cast<Operator>(V);
4024   switch (Opcode) {
4025   case Instruction::Add: {
4026     // The simple thing to do would be to just call getSCEV on both operands
4027     // and call getAddExpr with the result. However if we're looking at a
4028     // bunch of things all added together, this can be quite inefficient,
4029     // because it leads to N-1 getAddExpr calls for N ultimate operands.
4030     // Instead, gather up all the operands and make a single getAddExpr call.
4031     // LLVM IR canonical form means we need only traverse the left operands.
4032     //
4033     // Don't apply this instruction's NSW or NUW flags to the new
4034     // expression. The instruction may be guarded by control flow that the
4035     // no-wrap behavior depends on. Non-control-equivalent instructions can be
4036     // mapped to the same SCEV expression, and it would be incorrect to transfer
4037     // NSW/NUW semantics to those operations.
4038     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddOps;
4039     AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)));
4040     for (Value *Op = U->getOperand(0); ; Op = U->getOperand(0)) {
4041       unsigned Opcode = Op->getValueID() - Value::InstructionVal;
4042       if (Opcode != Instruction::Add && Opcode != Instruction::Sub)
4043         break;
4044       U = cast<Operator>(Op);
4045       const SCEV *Op1 = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1));
4046       if (Opcode == Instruction::Sub)
4047         AddOps.push_back(getNegativeSCEV(Op1));
4048       else
4049         AddOps.push_back(Op1);
4050     }
4051     AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)));
4052     return getAddExpr(AddOps);
4053   }
4054   case Instruction::Mul: {
4055     // Don't transfer NSW/NUW for the same reason as AddExpr.
4056     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps;
4057     MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)));
4058     for (Value *Op = U->getOperand(0);
4059          Op->getValueID() == Instruction::Mul + Value::InstructionVal;
4060          Op = U->getOperand(0)) {
4061       U = cast<Operator>(Op);
4062       MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)));
4063     }
4064     MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)));
4065     return getMulExpr(MulOps);
4066   }
4067   case Instruction::UDiv:
4068     return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)),
4069                        getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)));
4070   case Instruction::Sub:
4071     return getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)),
4072                         getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)));
4073   case Instruction::And:
4074     // For an expression like x&255 that merely masks off the high bits,
4075     // use zext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression.
4076     if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) {
4077       if (CI->isNullValue())
4078         return getSCEV(U->getOperand(1));
4079       if (CI->isAllOnesValue())
4080         return getSCEV(U->getOperand(0));
4081       const APInt &A = CI->getValue();
4082 
4083       // Instcombine's ShrinkDemandedConstant may strip bits out of
4084       // constants, obscuring what would otherwise be a low-bits mask.
4085       // Use computeKnownBits to compute what ShrinkDemandedConstant
4086       // knew about to reconstruct a low-bits mask value.
4087       unsigned LZ = A.countLeadingZeros();
4088       unsigned TZ = A.countTrailingZeros();
4089       unsigned BitWidth = A.getBitWidth();
4090       APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
4091       computeKnownBits(U->getOperand(0), KnownZero, KnownOne, DL, 0, AC,
4092                        nullptr, DT);
4093 
4094       APInt EffectiveMask =
4095           APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - LZ - TZ).shl(TZ);
4096       if ((LZ != 0 || TZ != 0) && !((~A & ~KnownZero) & EffectiveMask)) {
4097         const SCEV *MulCount = getConstant(
4098             ConstantInt::get(getContext(), APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, TZ)));
4099         return getMulExpr(
4100             getZeroExtendExpr(
4101                 getTruncateExpr(
4102                     getUDivExactExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), MulCount),
4103                     IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth - LZ - TZ)),
4104                 U->getType()),
4105             MulCount);
4106       }
4107     }
4108     break;
4109 
4110   case Instruction::Or:
4111     // If the RHS of the Or is a constant, we may have something like:
4112     // X*4+1 which got turned into X*4|1.  Handle this as an Add so loop
4113     // optimizations will transparently handle this case.
4114     //
4115     // In order for this transformation to be safe, the LHS must be of the
4116     // form X*(2^n) and the Or constant must be less than 2^n.
4117     if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) {
4118       const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(U->getOperand(0));
4119       const APInt &CIVal = CI->getValue();
4120       if (GetMinTrailingZeros(LHS) >=
4121           (CIVal.getBitWidth() - CIVal.countLeadingZeros())) {
4122         // Build a plain add SCEV.
4123         const SCEV *S = getAddExpr(LHS, getSCEV(CI));
4124         // If the LHS of the add was an addrec and it has no-wrap flags,
4125         // transfer the no-wrap flags, since an or won't introduce a wrap.
4126         if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NewAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
4127           const SCEVAddRecExpr *OldAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
4128           const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(NewAR)->setNoWrapFlags(
4129             OldAR->getNoWrapFlags());
4130         }
4131         return S;
4132       }
4133     }
4134     break;
4135   case Instruction::Xor:
4136     if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) {
4137       // If the RHS of the xor is a signbit, then this is just an add.
4138       // Instcombine turns add of signbit into xor as a strength reduction step.
4139       if (CI->getValue().isSignBit())
4140         return getAddExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)),
4141                           getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)));
4142 
4143       // If the RHS of xor is -1, then this is a not operation.
4144       if (CI->isAllOnesValue())
4145         return getNotSCEV(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)));
4146 
4147       // Model xor(and(x, C), C) as and(~x, C), if C is a low-bits mask.
4148       // This is a variant of the check for xor with -1, and it handles
4149       // the case where instcombine has trimmed non-demanded bits out
4150       // of an xor with -1.
4151       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(U->getOperand(0)))
4152         if (ConstantInt *LCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1)))
4153           if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
4154               LCI->getValue() == CI->getValue())
4155             if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Z =
4156                   dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)))) {
4157               Type *UTy = U->getType();
4158               const SCEV *Z0 = Z->getOperand();
4159               Type *Z0Ty = Z0->getType();
4160               unsigned Z0TySize = getTypeSizeInBits(Z0Ty);
4161 
4162               // If C is a low-bits mask, the zero extend is serving to
4163               // mask off the high bits. Complement the operand and
4164               // re-apply the zext.
4165               if (APIntOps::isMask(Z0TySize, CI->getValue()))
4166                 return getZeroExtendExpr(getNotSCEV(Z0), UTy);
4167 
4168               // If C is a single bit, it may be in the sign-bit position
4169               // before the zero-extend. In this case, represent the xor
4170               // using an add, which is equivalent, and re-apply the zext.
4171               APInt Trunc = CI->getValue().trunc(Z0TySize);
4172               if (Trunc.zext(getTypeSizeInBits(UTy)) == CI->getValue() &&
4173                   Trunc.isSignBit())
4174                 return getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Z0, getConstant(Trunc)),
4175                                          UTy);
4176             }
4177     }
4178     break;
4179 
4180   case Instruction::Shl:
4181     // Turn shift left of a constant amount into a multiply.
4182     if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) {
4183       uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(U->getType())->getBitWidth();
4184 
4185       // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
4186       // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
4187       // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
4188       // other parts of the compiler.
4189       if (SA->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
4190         break;
4191 
4192       Constant *X = ConstantInt::get(getContext(),
4193         APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue()));
4194       return getMulExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), getSCEV(X));
4195     }
4196     break;
4197 
4198   case Instruction::LShr:
4199     // Turn logical shift right of a constant into a unsigned divide.
4200     if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) {
4201       uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(U->getType())->getBitWidth();
4202 
4203       // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
4204       // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
4205       // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
4206       // other parts of the compiler.
4207       if (SA->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
4208         break;
4209 
4210       Constant *X = ConstantInt::get(getContext(),
4211         APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue()));
4212       return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), getSCEV(X));
4213     }
4214     break;
4215 
4216   case Instruction::AShr:
4217     // For a two-shift sext-inreg, use sext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression.
4218     if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1)))
4219       if (Operator *L = dyn_cast<Operator>(U->getOperand(0)))
4220         if (L->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl &&
4221             L->getOperand(1) == U->getOperand(1)) {
4222           uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(U->getType());
4223 
4224           // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
4225           // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
4226           // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
4227           // other parts of the compiler.
4228           if (CI->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
4229             break;
4230 
4231           uint64_t Amt = BitWidth - CI->getZExtValue();
4232           if (Amt == BitWidth)
4233             return getSCEV(L->getOperand(0));       // shift by zero --> noop
4234           return
4235             getSignExtendExpr(getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(L->getOperand(0)),
4236                                               IntegerType::get(getContext(),
4237                                                                Amt)),
4238                               U->getType());
4239         }
4240     break;
4241 
4242   case Instruction::Trunc:
4243     return getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
4244 
4245   case Instruction::ZExt:
4246     return getZeroExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
4247 
4248   case Instruction::SExt:
4249     return getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
4250 
4251   case Instruction::BitCast:
4252     // BitCasts are no-op casts so we just eliminate the cast.
4253     if (isSCEVable(U->getType()) && isSCEVable(U->getOperand(0)->getType()))
4254       return getSCEV(U->getOperand(0));
4255     break;
4256 
4257   // It's tempting to handle inttoptr and ptrtoint as no-ops, however this can
4258   // lead to pointer expressions which cannot safely be expanded to GEPs,
4259   // because ScalarEvolution doesn't respect the GEP aliasing rules when
4260   // simplifying integer expressions.
4261 
4262   case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
4263     return createNodeForGEP(cast<GEPOperator>(U));
4264 
4265   case Instruction::PHI:
4266     return createNodeForPHI(cast<PHINode>(U));
4267 
4268   case Instruction::Select:
4269     // This could be a smax or umax that was lowered earlier.
4270     // Try to recover it.
4271     if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(U->getOperand(0))) {
4272       Value *LHS = ICI->getOperand(0);
4273       Value *RHS = ICI->getOperand(1);
4274       switch (ICI->getPredicate()) {
4275       case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
4276       case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
4277         std::swap(LHS, RHS);
4278         // fall through
4279       case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
4280       case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
4281         // a >s b ? a+x : b+x  ->  smax(a, b)+x
4282         // a >s b ? b+x : a+x  ->  smin(a, b)+x
4283         if (LHS->getType() == U->getType()) {
4284           const SCEV *LS = getSCEV(LHS);
4285           const SCEV *RS = getSCEV(RHS);
4286           const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1));
4287           const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2));
4288           const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
4289           const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS);
4290           if (LDiff == RDiff)
4291             return getAddExpr(getSMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
4292           LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS);
4293           RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
4294           if (LDiff == RDiff)
4295             return getAddExpr(getSMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
4296         }
4297         break;
4298       case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
4299       case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
4300         std::swap(LHS, RHS);
4301         // fall through
4302       case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
4303       case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
4304         // a >u b ? a+x : b+x  ->  umax(a, b)+x
4305         // a >u b ? b+x : a+x  ->  umin(a, b)+x
4306         if (LHS->getType() == U->getType()) {
4307           const SCEV *LS = getSCEV(LHS);
4308           const SCEV *RS = getSCEV(RHS);
4309           const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1));
4310           const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2));
4311           const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
4312           const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS);
4313           if (LDiff == RDiff)
4314             return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
4315           LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS);
4316           RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
4317           if (LDiff == RDiff)
4318             return getAddExpr(getUMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
4319         }
4320         break;
4321       case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
4322         // n != 0 ? n+x : 1+x  ->  umax(n, 1)+x
4323         if (LHS->getType() == U->getType() &&
4324             isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) &&
4325             cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) {
4326           const SCEV *One = getConstant(LHS->getType(), 1);
4327           const SCEV *LS = getSCEV(LHS);
4328           const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1));
4329           const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2));
4330           const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
4331           const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, One);
4332           if (LDiff == RDiff)
4333             return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff);
4334         }
4335         break;
4336       case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
4337         // n == 0 ? 1+x : n+x  ->  umax(n, 1)+x
4338         if (LHS->getType() == U->getType() &&
4339             isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) &&
4340             cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) {
4341           const SCEV *One = getConstant(LHS->getType(), 1);
4342           const SCEV *LS = getSCEV(LHS);
4343           const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1));
4344           const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2));
4345           const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, One);
4346           const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
4347           if (LDiff == RDiff)
4348             return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff);
4349         }
4350         break;
4351       default:
4352         break;
4353       }
4354     }
4355 
4356   default: // We cannot analyze this expression.
4357     break;
4358   }
4359 
4360   return getUnknown(V);
4361 }
4362 
4363 
4364 
4365 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4366 //                   Iteration Count Computation Code
4367 //
4368 
getSmallConstantTripCount(Loop * L)4369 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(Loop *L) {
4370   if (BasicBlock *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock())
4371     return getSmallConstantTripCount(L, ExitingBB);
4372 
4373   // No trip count information for multiple exits.
4374   return 0;
4375 }
4376 
4377 /// getSmallConstantTripCount - Returns the maximum trip count of this loop as a
4378 /// normal unsigned value. Returns 0 if the trip count is unknown or not
4379 /// constant. Will also return 0 if the maximum trip count is very large (>=
4380 /// 2^32).
4381 ///
4382 /// This "trip count" assumes that control exits via ExitingBlock. More
4383 /// precisely, it is the number of times that control may reach ExitingBlock
4384 /// before taking the branch. For loops with multiple exits, it may not be the
4385 /// number times that the loop header executes because the loop may exit
4386 /// prematurely via another branch.
getSmallConstantTripCount(Loop * L,BasicBlock * ExitingBlock)4387 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(Loop *L,
4388                                                     BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
4389   assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!");
4390   assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) &&
4391          "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!");
4392   const SCEVConstant *ExitCount =
4393       dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock));
4394   if (!ExitCount)
4395     return 0;
4396 
4397   ConstantInt *ExitConst = ExitCount->getValue();
4398 
4399   // Guard against huge trip counts.
4400   if (ExitConst->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32)
4401     return 0;
4402 
4403   // In case of integer overflow, this returns 0, which is correct.
4404   return ((unsigned)ExitConst->getZExtValue()) + 1;
4405 }
4406 
getSmallConstantTripMultiple(Loop * L)4407 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(Loop *L) {
4408   if (BasicBlock *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock())
4409     return getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L, ExitingBB);
4410 
4411   // No trip multiple information for multiple exits.
4412   return 0;
4413 }
4414 
4415 /// getSmallConstantTripMultiple - Returns the largest constant divisor of the
4416 /// trip count of this loop as a normal unsigned value, if possible. This
4417 /// means that the actual trip count is always a multiple of the returned
4418 /// value (don't forget the trip count could very well be zero as well!).
4419 ///
4420 /// Returns 1 if the trip count is unknown or not guaranteed to be the
4421 /// multiple of a constant (which is also the case if the trip count is simply
4422 /// constant, use getSmallConstantTripCount for that case), Will also return 1
4423 /// if the trip count is very large (>= 2^32).
4424 ///
4425 /// As explained in the comments for getSmallConstantTripCount, this assumes
4426 /// that control exits the loop via ExitingBlock.
4427 unsigned
getSmallConstantTripMultiple(Loop * L,BasicBlock * ExitingBlock)4428 ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(Loop *L,
4429                                               BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
4430   assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!");
4431   assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) &&
4432          "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!");
4433   const SCEV *ExitCount = getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock);
4434   if (ExitCount == getCouldNotCompute())
4435     return 1;
4436 
4437   // Get the trip count from the BE count by adding 1.
4438   const SCEV *TCMul = getAddExpr(ExitCount,
4439                                  getConstant(ExitCount->getType(), 1));
4440   // FIXME: SCEV distributes multiplication as V1*C1 + V2*C1. We could attempt
4441   // to factor simple cases.
4442   if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(TCMul))
4443     TCMul = Mul->getOperand(0);
4444 
4445   const SCEVConstant *MulC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(TCMul);
4446   if (!MulC)
4447     return 1;
4448 
4449   ConstantInt *Result = MulC->getValue();
4450 
4451   // Guard against huge trip counts (this requires checking
4452   // for zero to handle the case where the trip count == -1 and the
4453   // addition wraps).
4454   if (!Result || Result->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32 ||
4455       Result->getValue().getActiveBits() == 0)
4456     return 1;
4457 
4458   return (unsigned)Result->getZExtValue();
4459 }
4460 
4461 // getExitCount - Get the expression for the number of loop iterations for which
4462 // this loop is guaranteed not to exit via ExitingBlock. Otherwise return
4463 // SCEVCouldNotCompute.
getExitCount(Loop * L,BasicBlock * ExitingBlock)4464 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getExitCount(Loop *L, BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
4465   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(ExitingBlock, this);
4466 }
4467 
4468 /// getBackedgeTakenCount - If the specified loop has a predictable
4469 /// backedge-taken count, return it, otherwise return a SCEVCouldNotCompute
4470 /// object. The backedge-taken count is the number of times the loop header
4471 /// will be branched to from within the loop. This is one less than the
4472 /// trip count of the loop, since it doesn't count the first iteration,
4473 /// when the header is branched to from outside the loop.
4474 ///
4475 /// Note that it is not valid to call this method on a loop without a
4476 /// loop-invariant backedge-taken count (see
4477 /// hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount).
4478 ///
getBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop * L)4479 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
4480   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(this);
4481 }
4482 
4483 /// getMaxBackedgeTakenCount - Similar to getBackedgeTakenCount, except
4484 /// return the least SCEV value that is known never to be less than the
4485 /// actual backedge taken count.
getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop * L)4486 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
4487   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getMax(this);
4488 }
4489 
4490 /// PushLoopPHIs - Push PHI nodes in the header of the given loop
4491 /// onto the given Worklist.
4492 static void
PushLoopPHIs(const Loop * L,SmallVectorImpl<Instruction * > & Worklist)4493 PushLoopPHIs(const Loop *L, SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) {
4494   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
4495 
4496   // Push all Loop-header PHIs onto the Worklist stack.
4497   for (BasicBlock::iterator I = Header->begin();
4498        PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I); ++I)
4499     Worklist.push_back(PN);
4500 }
4501 
4502 const ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo &
getBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop * L)4503 ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop *L) {
4504   // Initially insert an invalid entry for this loop. If the insertion
4505   // succeeds, proceed to actually compute a backedge-taken count and
4506   // update the value. The temporary CouldNotCompute value tells SCEV
4507   // code elsewhere that it shouldn't attempt to request a new
4508   // backedge-taken count, which could result in infinite recursion.
4509   std::pair<DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator, bool> Pair =
4510     BackedgeTakenCounts.insert(std::make_pair(L, BackedgeTakenInfo()));
4511   if (!Pair.second)
4512     return Pair.first->second;
4513 
4514   // ComputeBackedgeTakenCount may allocate memory for its result. Inserting it
4515   // into the BackedgeTakenCounts map transfers ownership. Otherwise, the result
4516   // must be cleared in this scope.
4517   BackedgeTakenInfo Result = ComputeBackedgeTakenCount(L);
4518 
4519   if (Result.getExact(this) != getCouldNotCompute()) {
4520     assert(isLoopInvariant(Result.getExact(this), L) &&
4521            isLoopInvariant(Result.getMax(this), L) &&
4522            "Computed backedge-taken count isn't loop invariant for loop!");
4523     ++NumTripCountsComputed;
4524   }
4525   else if (Result.getMax(this) == getCouldNotCompute() &&
4526            isa<PHINode>(L->getHeader()->begin())) {
4527     // Only count loops that have phi nodes as not being computable.
4528     ++NumTripCountsNotComputed;
4529   }
4530 
4531   // Now that we know more about the trip count for this loop, forget any
4532   // existing SCEV values for PHI nodes in this loop since they are only
4533   // conservative estimates made without the benefit of trip count
4534   // information. This is similar to the code in forgetLoop, except that
4535   // it handles SCEVUnknown PHI nodes specially.
4536   if (Result.hasAnyInfo()) {
4537     SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
4538     PushLoopPHIs(L, Worklist);
4539 
4540     SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
4541     while (!Worklist.empty()) {
4542       Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
4543       if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
4544         continue;
4545 
4546       ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
4547         ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
4548       if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
4549         const SCEV *Old = It->second;
4550 
4551         // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized
4552         // structure, or it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed
4553         // by createNodeForPHI.  In the former case, additional loop trip
4554         // count information isn't going to change anything. In the later
4555         // case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary updates on its
4556         // own when it gets to that point.
4557         if (!isa<PHINode>(I) || !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old)) {
4558           forgetMemoizedResults(Old);
4559           ValueExprMap.erase(It);
4560         }
4561         if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
4562           ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
4563       }
4564 
4565       PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
4566     }
4567   }
4568 
4569   // Re-lookup the insert position, since the call to
4570   // ComputeBackedgeTakenCount above could result in a
4571   // recusive call to getBackedgeTakenInfo (on a different
4572   // loop), which would invalidate the iterator computed
4573   // earlier.
4574   return BackedgeTakenCounts.find(L)->second = Result;
4575 }
4576 
4577 /// forgetLoop - This method should be called by the client when it has
4578 /// changed a loop in a way that may effect ScalarEvolution's ability to
4579 /// compute a trip count, or if the loop is deleted.
forgetLoop(const Loop * L)4580 void ScalarEvolution::forgetLoop(const Loop *L) {
4581   // Drop any stored trip count value.
4582   DenseMap<const Loop*, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator BTCPos =
4583     BackedgeTakenCounts.find(L);
4584   if (BTCPos != BackedgeTakenCounts.end()) {
4585     BTCPos->second.clear();
4586     BackedgeTakenCounts.erase(BTCPos);
4587   }
4588 
4589   // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs.
4590   SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
4591   PushLoopPHIs(L, Worklist);
4592 
4593   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
4594   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
4595     Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
4596     if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
4597       continue;
4598 
4599     ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
4600       ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
4601     if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
4602       forgetMemoizedResults(It->second);
4603       ValueExprMap.erase(It);
4604       if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
4605         ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
4606     }
4607 
4608     PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
4609   }
4610 
4611   // Forget all contained loops too, to avoid dangling entries in the
4612   // ValuesAtScopes map.
4613   for (Loop::iterator I = L->begin(), E = L->end(); I != E; ++I)
4614     forgetLoop(*I);
4615 }
4616 
4617 /// forgetValue - This method should be called by the client when it has
4618 /// changed a value in a way that may effect its value, or which may
4619 /// disconnect it from a def-use chain linking it to a loop.
forgetValue(Value * V)4620 void ScalarEvolution::forgetValue(Value *V) {
4621   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
4622   if (!I) return;
4623 
4624   // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs.
4625   SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
4626   Worklist.push_back(I);
4627 
4628   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
4629   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
4630     I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
4631     if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
4632       continue;
4633 
4634     ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
4635       ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
4636     if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
4637       forgetMemoizedResults(It->second);
4638       ValueExprMap.erase(It);
4639       if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
4640         ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
4641     }
4642 
4643     PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
4644   }
4645 }
4646 
4647 /// getExact - Get the exact loop backedge taken count considering all loop
4648 /// exits. A computable result can only be return for loops with a single exit.
4649 /// Returning the minimum taken count among all exits is incorrect because one
4650 /// of the loop's exit limit's may have been skipped. HowFarToZero assumes that
4651 /// the limit of each loop test is never skipped. This is a valid assumption as
4652 /// long as the loop exits via that test. For precise results, it is the
4653 /// caller's responsibility to specify the relevant loop exit using
4654 /// getExact(ExitingBlock, SE).
4655 const SCEV *
getExact(ScalarEvolution * SE) const4656 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
4657   // If any exits were not computable, the loop is not computable.
4658   if (!ExitNotTaken.isCompleteList()) return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
4659 
4660   // We need exactly one computable exit.
4661   if (!ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock) return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
4662   assert(ExitNotTaken.ExactNotTaken && "uninitialized not-taken info");
4663 
4664   const SCEV *BECount = nullptr;
4665   for (const ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = &ExitNotTaken;
4666        ENT != nullptr; ENT = ENT->getNextExit()) {
4667 
4668     assert(ENT->ExactNotTaken != SE->getCouldNotCompute() && "bad exit SCEV");
4669 
4670     if (!BECount)
4671       BECount = ENT->ExactNotTaken;
4672     else if (BECount != ENT->ExactNotTaken)
4673       return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
4674   }
4675   assert(BECount && "Invalid not taken count for loop exit");
4676   return BECount;
4677 }
4678 
4679 /// getExact - Get the exact not taken count for this loop exit.
4680 const SCEV *
getExact(BasicBlock * ExitingBlock,ScalarEvolution * SE) const4681 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
4682                                              ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
4683   for (const ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = &ExitNotTaken;
4684        ENT != nullptr; ENT = ENT->getNextExit()) {
4685 
4686     if (ENT->ExitingBlock == ExitingBlock)
4687       return ENT->ExactNotTaken;
4688   }
4689   return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
4690 }
4691 
4692 /// getMax - Get the max backedge taken count for the loop.
4693 const SCEV *
getMax(ScalarEvolution * SE) const4694 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getMax(ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
4695   return Max ? Max : SE->getCouldNotCompute();
4696 }
4697 
hasOperand(const SCEV * S,ScalarEvolution * SE) const4698 bool ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::hasOperand(const SCEV *S,
4699                                                     ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
4700   if (Max && Max != SE->getCouldNotCompute() && SE->hasOperand(Max, S))
4701     return true;
4702 
4703   if (!ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock)
4704     return false;
4705 
4706   for (const ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = &ExitNotTaken;
4707        ENT != nullptr; ENT = ENT->getNextExit()) {
4708 
4709     if (ENT->ExactNotTaken != SE->getCouldNotCompute()
4710         && SE->hasOperand(ENT->ExactNotTaken, S)) {
4711       return true;
4712     }
4713   }
4714   return false;
4715 }
4716 
4717 /// Allocate memory for BackedgeTakenInfo and copy the not-taken count of each
4718 /// computable exit into a persistent ExitNotTakenInfo array.
BackedgeTakenInfo(SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<BasicBlock *,const SCEV * >> & ExitCounts,bool Complete,const SCEV * MaxCount)4719 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::BackedgeTakenInfo(
4720   SmallVectorImpl< std::pair<BasicBlock *, const SCEV *> > &ExitCounts,
4721   bool Complete, const SCEV *MaxCount) : Max(MaxCount) {
4722 
4723   if (!Complete)
4724     ExitNotTaken.setIncomplete();
4725 
4726   unsigned NumExits = ExitCounts.size();
4727   if (NumExits == 0) return;
4728 
4729   ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock = ExitCounts[0].first;
4730   ExitNotTaken.ExactNotTaken = ExitCounts[0].second;
4731   if (NumExits == 1) return;
4732 
4733   // Handle the rare case of multiple computable exits.
4734   ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = new ExitNotTakenInfo[NumExits-1];
4735 
4736   ExitNotTakenInfo *PrevENT = &ExitNotTaken;
4737   for (unsigned i = 1; i < NumExits; ++i, PrevENT = ENT, ++ENT) {
4738     PrevENT->setNextExit(ENT);
4739     ENT->ExitingBlock = ExitCounts[i].first;
4740     ENT->ExactNotTaken = ExitCounts[i].second;
4741   }
4742 }
4743 
4744 /// clear - Invalidate this result and free the ExitNotTakenInfo array.
clear()4745 void ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::clear() {
4746   ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock = nullptr;
4747   ExitNotTaken.ExactNotTaken = nullptr;
4748   delete[] ExitNotTaken.getNextExit();
4749 }
4750 
4751 /// ComputeBackedgeTakenCount - Compute the number of times the backedge
4752 /// of the specified loop will execute.
4753 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo
ComputeBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop * L)4754 ScalarEvolution::ComputeBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
4755   SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitingBlocks;
4756   L->getExitingBlocks(ExitingBlocks);
4757 
4758   SmallVector<std::pair<BasicBlock *, const SCEV *>, 4> ExitCounts;
4759   bool CouldComputeBECount = true;
4760   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch(); // may be NULL.
4761   const SCEV *MustExitMaxBECount = nullptr;
4762   const SCEV *MayExitMaxBECount = nullptr;
4763 
4764   // Compute the ExitLimit for each loop exit. Use this to populate ExitCounts
4765   // and compute maxBECount.
4766   for (unsigned i = 0, e = ExitingBlocks.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4767     BasicBlock *ExitBB = ExitingBlocks[i];
4768     ExitLimit EL = ComputeExitLimit(L, ExitBB);
4769 
4770     // 1. For each exit that can be computed, add an entry to ExitCounts.
4771     // CouldComputeBECount is true only if all exits can be computed.
4772     if (EL.Exact == getCouldNotCompute())
4773       // We couldn't compute an exact value for this exit, so
4774       // we won't be able to compute an exact value for the loop.
4775       CouldComputeBECount = false;
4776     else
4777       ExitCounts.push_back(std::make_pair(ExitBB, EL.Exact));
4778 
4779     // 2. Derive the loop's MaxBECount from each exit's max number of
4780     // non-exiting iterations. Partition the loop exits into two kinds:
4781     // LoopMustExits and LoopMayExits.
4782     //
4783     // If the exit dominates the loop latch, it is a LoopMustExit otherwise it
4784     // is a LoopMayExit.  If any computable LoopMustExit is found, then
4785     // MaxBECount is the minimum EL.Max of computable LoopMustExits. Otherwise,
4786     // MaxBECount is conservatively the maximum EL.Max, where CouldNotCompute is
4787     // considered greater than any computable EL.Max.
4788     if (EL.Max != getCouldNotCompute() && Latch &&
4789         DT->dominates(ExitBB, Latch)) {
4790       if (!MustExitMaxBECount)
4791         MustExitMaxBECount = EL.Max;
4792       else {
4793         MustExitMaxBECount =
4794           getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(MustExitMaxBECount, EL.Max);
4795       }
4796     } else if (MayExitMaxBECount != getCouldNotCompute()) {
4797       if (!MayExitMaxBECount || EL.Max == getCouldNotCompute())
4798         MayExitMaxBECount = EL.Max;
4799       else {
4800         MayExitMaxBECount =
4801           getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(MayExitMaxBECount, EL.Max);
4802       }
4803     }
4804   }
4805   const SCEV *MaxBECount = MustExitMaxBECount ? MustExitMaxBECount :
4806     (MayExitMaxBECount ? MayExitMaxBECount : getCouldNotCompute());
4807   return BackedgeTakenInfo(ExitCounts, CouldComputeBECount, MaxBECount);
4808 }
4809 
4810 /// ComputeExitLimit - Compute the number of times the backedge of the specified
4811 /// loop will execute if it exits via the specified block.
4812 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
ComputeExitLimit(const Loop * L,BasicBlock * ExitingBlock)4813 ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitLimit(const Loop *L, BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
4814 
4815   // Okay, we've chosen an exiting block.  See what condition causes us to
4816   // exit at this block and remember the exit block and whether all other targets
4817   // lead to the loop header.
4818   bool MustExecuteLoopHeader = true;
4819   BasicBlock *Exit = nullptr;
4820   for (succ_iterator SI = succ_begin(ExitingBlock), SE = succ_end(ExitingBlock);
4821        SI != SE; ++SI)
4822     if (!L->contains(*SI)) {
4823       if (Exit) // Multiple exit successors.
4824         return getCouldNotCompute();
4825       Exit = *SI;
4826     } else if (*SI != L->getHeader()) {
4827       MustExecuteLoopHeader = false;
4828     }
4829 
4830   // At this point, we know we have a conditional branch that determines whether
4831   // the loop is exited.  However, we don't know if the branch is executed each
4832   // time through the loop.  If not, then the execution count of the branch will
4833   // not be equal to the trip count of the loop.
4834   //
4835   // Currently we check for this by checking to see if the Exit branch goes to
4836   // the loop header.  If so, we know it will always execute the same number of
4837   // times as the loop.  We also handle the case where the exit block *is* the
4838   // loop header.  This is common for un-rotated loops.
4839   //
4840   // If both of those tests fail, walk up the unique predecessor chain to the
4841   // header, stopping if there is an edge that doesn't exit the loop. If the
4842   // header is reached, the execution count of the branch will be equal to the
4843   // trip count of the loop.
4844   //
4845   //  More extensive analysis could be done to handle more cases here.
4846   //
4847   if (!MustExecuteLoopHeader && ExitingBlock != L->getHeader()) {
4848     // The simple checks failed, try climbing the unique predecessor chain
4849     // up to the header.
4850     bool Ok = false;
4851     for (BasicBlock *BB = ExitingBlock; BB; ) {
4852       BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getUniquePredecessor();
4853       if (!Pred)
4854         return getCouldNotCompute();
4855       TerminatorInst *PredTerm = Pred->getTerminator();
4856       for (unsigned i = 0, e = PredTerm->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i) {
4857         BasicBlock *PredSucc = PredTerm->getSuccessor(i);
4858         if (PredSucc == BB)
4859           continue;
4860         // If the predecessor has a successor that isn't BB and isn't
4861         // outside the loop, assume the worst.
4862         if (L->contains(PredSucc))
4863           return getCouldNotCompute();
4864       }
4865       if (Pred == L->getHeader()) {
4866         Ok = true;
4867         break;
4868       }
4869       BB = Pred;
4870     }
4871     if (!Ok)
4872       return getCouldNotCompute();
4873   }
4874 
4875   bool IsOnlyExit = (L->getExitingBlock() != nullptr);
4876   TerminatorInst *Term = ExitingBlock->getTerminator();
4877   if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Term)) {
4878     assert(BI->isConditional() && "If unconditional, it can't be in loop!");
4879     // Proceed to the next level to examine the exit condition expression.
4880     return ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BI->getCondition(), BI->getSuccessor(0),
4881                                     BI->getSuccessor(1),
4882                                     /*ControlsExit=*/IsOnlyExit);
4883   }
4884 
4885   if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(Term))
4886     return ComputeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(L, SI, Exit,
4887                                                 /*ControlsExit=*/IsOnlyExit);
4888 
4889   return getCouldNotCompute();
4890 }
4891 
4892 /// ComputeExitLimitFromCond - Compute the number of times the
4893 /// backedge of the specified loop will execute if its exit condition
4894 /// were a conditional branch of ExitCond, TBB, and FBB.
4895 ///
4896 /// @param ControlsExit is true if ExitCond directly controls the exit
4897 /// branch. In this case, we can assume that the loop exits only if the
4898 /// condition is true and can infer that failing to meet the condition prior to
4899 /// integer wraparound results in undefined behavior.
4900 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
ComputeExitLimitFromCond(const Loop * L,Value * ExitCond,BasicBlock * TBB,BasicBlock * FBB,bool ControlsExit)4901 ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitLimitFromCond(const Loop *L,
4902                                           Value *ExitCond,
4903                                           BasicBlock *TBB,
4904                                           BasicBlock *FBB,
4905                                           bool ControlsExit) {
4906   // Check if the controlling expression for this loop is an And or Or.
4907   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(ExitCond)) {
4908     if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
4909       // Recurse on the operands of the and.
4910       bool EitherMayExit = L->contains(TBB);
4911       ExitLimit EL0 = ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(0), TBB, FBB,
4912                                                ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit);
4913       ExitLimit EL1 = ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(1), TBB, FBB,
4914                                                ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit);
4915       const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
4916       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
4917       if (EitherMayExit) {
4918         // Both conditions must be true for the loop to continue executing.
4919         // Choose the less conservative count.
4920         if (EL0.Exact == getCouldNotCompute() ||
4921             EL1.Exact == getCouldNotCompute())
4922           BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
4923         else
4924           BECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Exact, EL1.Exact);
4925         if (EL0.Max == getCouldNotCompute())
4926           MaxBECount = EL1.Max;
4927         else if (EL1.Max == getCouldNotCompute())
4928           MaxBECount = EL0.Max;
4929         else
4930           MaxBECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Max, EL1.Max);
4931       } else {
4932         // Both conditions must be true at the same time for the loop to exit.
4933         // For now, be conservative.
4934         assert(L->contains(FBB) && "Loop block has no successor in loop!");
4935         if (EL0.Max == EL1.Max)
4936           MaxBECount = EL0.Max;
4937         if (EL0.Exact == EL1.Exact)
4938           BECount = EL0.Exact;
4939       }
4940 
4941       return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount);
4942     }
4943     if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
4944       // Recurse on the operands of the or.
4945       bool EitherMayExit = L->contains(FBB);
4946       ExitLimit EL0 = ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(0), TBB, FBB,
4947                                                ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit);
4948       ExitLimit EL1 = ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(1), TBB, FBB,
4949                                                ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit);
4950       const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
4951       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
4952       if (EitherMayExit) {
4953         // Both conditions must be false for the loop to continue executing.
4954         // Choose the less conservative count.
4955         if (EL0.Exact == getCouldNotCompute() ||
4956             EL1.Exact == getCouldNotCompute())
4957           BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
4958         else
4959           BECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Exact, EL1.Exact);
4960         if (EL0.Max == getCouldNotCompute())
4961           MaxBECount = EL1.Max;
4962         else if (EL1.Max == getCouldNotCompute())
4963           MaxBECount = EL0.Max;
4964         else
4965           MaxBECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Max, EL1.Max);
4966       } else {
4967         // Both conditions must be false at the same time for the loop to exit.
4968         // For now, be conservative.
4969         assert(L->contains(TBB) && "Loop block has no successor in loop!");
4970         if (EL0.Max == EL1.Max)
4971           MaxBECount = EL0.Max;
4972         if (EL0.Exact == EL1.Exact)
4973           BECount = EL0.Exact;
4974       }
4975 
4976       return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount);
4977     }
4978   }
4979 
4980   // With an icmp, it may be feasible to compute an exact backedge-taken count.
4981   // Proceed to the next level to examine the icmp.
4982   if (ICmpInst *ExitCondICmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(ExitCond))
4983     return ComputeExitLimitFromICmp(L, ExitCondICmp, TBB, FBB, ControlsExit);
4984 
4985   // Check for a constant condition. These are normally stripped out by
4986   // SimplifyCFG, but ScalarEvolution may be used by a pass which wishes to
4987   // preserve the CFG and is temporarily leaving constant conditions
4988   // in place.
4989   if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ExitCond)) {
4990     if (L->contains(FBB) == !CI->getZExtValue())
4991       // The backedge is always taken.
4992       return getCouldNotCompute();
4993     else
4994       // The backedge is never taken.
4995       return getConstant(CI->getType(), 0);
4996   }
4997 
4998   // If it's not an integer or pointer comparison then compute it the hard way.
4999   return ComputeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, !L->contains(TBB));
5000 }
5001 
5002 /// ComputeExitLimitFromICmp - Compute the number of times the
5003 /// backedge of the specified loop will execute if its exit condition
5004 /// were a conditional branch of the ICmpInst ExitCond, TBB, and FBB.
5005 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
ComputeExitLimitFromICmp(const Loop * L,ICmpInst * ExitCond,BasicBlock * TBB,BasicBlock * FBB,bool ControlsExit)5006 ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitLimitFromICmp(const Loop *L,
5007                                           ICmpInst *ExitCond,
5008                                           BasicBlock *TBB,
5009                                           BasicBlock *FBB,
5010                                           bool ControlsExit) {
5011 
5012   // If the condition was exit on true, convert the condition to exit on false
5013   ICmpInst::Predicate Cond;
5014   if (!L->contains(FBB))
5015     Cond = ExitCond->getPredicate();
5016   else
5017     Cond = ExitCond->getInversePredicate();
5018 
5019   // Handle common loops like: for (X = "string"; *X; ++X)
5020   if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(ExitCond->getOperand(0)))
5021     if (Constant *RHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(ExitCond->getOperand(1))) {
5022       ExitLimit ItCnt =
5023         ComputeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit(LI, RHS, L, Cond);
5024       if (ItCnt.hasAnyInfo())
5025         return ItCnt;
5026     }
5027 
5028   const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(0));
5029   const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(1));
5030 
5031   // Try to evaluate any dependencies out of the loop.
5032   LHS = getSCEVAtScope(LHS, L);
5033   RHS = getSCEVAtScope(RHS, L);
5034 
5035   // At this point, we would like to compute how many iterations of the
5036   // loop the predicate will return true for these inputs.
5037   if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && !isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
5038     // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS.
5039     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
5040     Cond = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Cond);
5041   }
5042 
5043   // Simplify the operands before analyzing them.
5044   (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS);
5045 
5046   // If we have a comparison of a chrec against a constant, try to use value
5047   // ranges to answer this query.
5048   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS))
5049     if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS))
5050       if (AddRec->getLoop() == L) {
5051         // Form the constant range.
5052         ConstantRange CompRange(
5053             ICmpInst::makeConstantRange(Cond, RHSC->getValue()->getValue()));
5054 
5055         const SCEV *Ret = AddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(CompRange, *this);
5056         if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Ret)) return Ret;
5057       }
5058 
5059   switch (Cond) {
5060   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: {                     // while (X != Y)
5061     // Convert to: while (X-Y != 0)
5062     ExitLimit EL = HowFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsExit);
5063     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
5064     break;
5065   }
5066   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: {                     // while (X == Y)
5067     // Convert to: while (X-Y == 0)
5068     ExitLimit EL = HowFarToNonZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L);
5069     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
5070     break;
5071   }
5072   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
5073   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: {                    // while (X < Y)
5074     bool IsSigned = Cond == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
5075     ExitLimit EL = HowManyLessThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsExit);
5076     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
5077     break;
5078   }
5079   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
5080   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: {                    // while (X > Y)
5081     bool IsSigned = Cond == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
5082     ExitLimit EL = HowManyGreaterThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsExit);
5083     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
5084     break;
5085   }
5086   default:
5087 #if 0
5088     dbgs() << "ComputeBackedgeTakenCount ";
5089     if (ExitCond->getOperand(0)->getType()->isUnsigned())
5090       dbgs() << "[unsigned] ";
5091     dbgs() << *LHS << "   "
5092          << Instruction::getOpcodeName(Instruction::ICmp)
5093          << "   " << *RHS << "\n";
5094 #endif
5095     break;
5096   }
5097   return ComputeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, !L->contains(TBB));
5098 }
5099 
5100 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
ComputeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(const Loop * L,SwitchInst * Switch,BasicBlock * ExitingBlock,bool ControlsExit)5101 ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(const Loop *L,
5102                                                       SwitchInst *Switch,
5103                                                       BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
5104                                                       bool ControlsExit) {
5105   assert(!L->contains(ExitingBlock) && "Not an exiting block!");
5106 
5107   // Give up if the exit is the default dest of a switch.
5108   if (Switch->getDefaultDest() == ExitingBlock)
5109     return getCouldNotCompute();
5110 
5111   assert(L->contains(Switch->getDefaultDest()) &&
5112          "Default case must not exit the loop!");
5113   const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Switch->getCondition(), L);
5114   const SCEV *RHS = getConstant(Switch->findCaseDest(ExitingBlock));
5115 
5116   // while (X != Y) --> while (X-Y != 0)
5117   ExitLimit EL = HowFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsExit);
5118   if (EL.hasAnyInfo())
5119     return EL;
5120 
5121   return getCouldNotCompute();
5122 }
5123 
5124 static ConstantInt *
EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(const SCEVAddRecExpr * AddRec,ConstantInt * C,ScalarEvolution & SE)5125 EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ConstantInt *C,
5126                                 ScalarEvolution &SE) {
5127   const SCEV *InVal = SE.getConstant(C);
5128   const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(InVal, SE);
5129   assert(isa<SCEVConstant>(Val) &&
5130          "Evaluation of SCEV at constant didn't fold correctly?");
5131   return cast<SCEVConstant>(Val)->getValue();
5132 }
5133 
5134 /// ComputeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit - Given an exit condition of
5135 /// 'icmp op load X, cst', try to see if we can compute the backedge
5136 /// execution count.
5137 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
ComputeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit(LoadInst * LI,Constant * RHS,const Loop * L,ICmpInst::Predicate predicate)5138 ScalarEvolution::ComputeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit(
5139   LoadInst *LI,
5140   Constant *RHS,
5141   const Loop *L,
5142   ICmpInst::Predicate predicate) {
5143 
5144   if (LI->isVolatile()) return getCouldNotCompute();
5145 
5146   // Check to see if the loaded pointer is a getelementptr of a global.
5147   // TODO: Use SCEV instead of manually grubbing with GEPs.
5148   GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(LI->getOperand(0));
5149   if (!GEP) return getCouldNotCompute();
5150 
5151   // Make sure that it is really a constant global we are gepping, with an
5152   // initializer, and make sure the first IDX is really 0.
5153   GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GEP->getOperand(0));
5154   if (!GV || !GV->isConstant() || !GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer() ||
5155       GEP->getNumOperands() < 3 || !isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1)) ||
5156       !cast<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1))->isNullValue())
5157     return getCouldNotCompute();
5158 
5159   // Okay, we allow one non-constant index into the GEP instruction.
5160   Value *VarIdx = nullptr;
5161   std::vector<Constant*> Indexes;
5162   unsigned VarIdxNum = 0;
5163   for (unsigned i = 2, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5164     if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) {
5165       Indexes.push_back(CI);
5166     } else if (!isa<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) {
5167       if (VarIdx) return getCouldNotCompute();  // Multiple non-constant idx's.
5168       VarIdx = GEP->getOperand(i);
5169       VarIdxNum = i-2;
5170       Indexes.push_back(nullptr);
5171     }
5172 
5173   // Loop-invariant loads may be a byproduct of loop optimization. Skip them.
5174   if (!VarIdx)
5175     return getCouldNotCompute();
5176 
5177   // Okay, we know we have a (load (gep GV, 0, X)) comparison with a constant.
5178   // Check to see if X is a loop variant variable value now.
5179   const SCEV *Idx = getSCEV(VarIdx);
5180   Idx = getSCEVAtScope(Idx, L);
5181 
5182   // We can only recognize very limited forms of loop index expressions, in
5183   // particular, only affine AddRec's like {C1,+,C2}.
5184   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IdxExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Idx);
5185   if (!IdxExpr || !IdxExpr->isAffine() || isLoopInvariant(IdxExpr, L) ||
5186       !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(0)) ||
5187       !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(1)))
5188     return getCouldNotCompute();
5189 
5190   unsigned MaxSteps = MaxBruteForceIterations;
5191   for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxSteps; ++IterationNum) {
5192     ConstantInt *ItCst = ConstantInt::get(
5193                            cast<IntegerType>(IdxExpr->getType()), IterationNum);
5194     ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(IdxExpr, ItCst, *this);
5195 
5196     // Form the GEP offset.
5197     Indexes[VarIdxNum] = Val;
5198 
5199     Constant *Result = ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPIndices(GV->getInitializer(),
5200                                                          Indexes);
5201     if (!Result) break;  // Cannot compute!
5202 
5203     // Evaluate the condition for this iteration.
5204     Result = ConstantExpr::getICmp(predicate, Result, RHS);
5205     if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Result)) break;  // Couldn't decide for sure
5206     if (cast<ConstantInt>(Result)->getValue().isMinValue()) {
5207 #if 0
5208       dbgs() << "\n***\n*** Computed loop count " << *ItCst
5209              << "\n*** From global " << *GV << "*** BB: " << *L->getHeader()
5210              << "***\n";
5211 #endif
5212       ++NumArrayLenItCounts;
5213       return getConstant(ItCst);   // Found terminating iteration!
5214     }
5215   }
5216   return getCouldNotCompute();
5217 }
5218 
5219 
5220 /// CanConstantFold - Return true if we can constant fold an instruction of the
5221 /// specified type, assuming that all operands were constants.
CanConstantFold(const Instruction * I)5222 static bool CanConstantFold(const Instruction *I) {
5223   if (isa<BinaryOperator>(I) || isa<CmpInst>(I) ||
5224       isa<SelectInst>(I) || isa<CastInst>(I) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) ||
5225       isa<LoadInst>(I))
5226     return true;
5227 
5228   if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I))
5229     if (const Function *F = CI->getCalledFunction())
5230       return canConstantFoldCallTo(F);
5231   return false;
5232 }
5233 
5234 /// Determine whether this instruction can constant evolve within this loop
5235 /// assuming its operands can all constant evolve.
canConstantEvolve(Instruction * I,const Loop * L)5236 static bool canConstantEvolve(Instruction *I, const Loop *L) {
5237   // An instruction outside of the loop can't be derived from a loop PHI.
5238   if (!L->contains(I)) return false;
5239 
5240   if (isa<PHINode>(I)) {
5241     if (L->getHeader() == I->getParent())
5242       return true;
5243     else
5244       // We don't currently keep track of the control flow needed to evaluate
5245       // PHIs, so we cannot handle PHIs inside of loops.
5246       return false;
5247   }
5248 
5249   // If we won't be able to constant fold this expression even if the operands
5250   // are constants, bail early.
5251   return CanConstantFold(I);
5252 }
5253 
5254 /// getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands - Implement getConstantEvolvingPHI by
5255 /// recursing through each instruction operand until reaching a loop header phi.
5256 static PHINode *
getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(Instruction * UseInst,const Loop * L,DenseMap<Instruction *,PHINode * > & PHIMap)5257 getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(Instruction *UseInst, const Loop *L,
5258                                DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> &PHIMap) {
5259 
5260   // Otherwise, we can evaluate this instruction if all of its operands are
5261   // constant or derived from a PHI node themselves.
5262   PHINode *PHI = nullptr;
5263   for (Instruction::op_iterator OpI = UseInst->op_begin(),
5264          OpE = UseInst->op_end(); OpI != OpE; ++OpI) {
5265 
5266     if (isa<Constant>(*OpI)) continue;
5267 
5268     Instruction *OpInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(*OpI);
5269     if (!OpInst || !canConstantEvolve(OpInst, L)) return nullptr;
5270 
5271     PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(OpInst);
5272     if (!P)
5273       // If this operand is already visited, reuse the prior result.
5274       // We may have P != PHI if this is the deepest point at which the
5275       // inconsistent paths meet.
5276       P = PHIMap.lookup(OpInst);
5277     if (!P) {
5278       // Recurse and memoize the results, whether a phi is found or not.
5279       // This recursive call invalidates pointers into PHIMap.
5280       P = getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(OpInst, L, PHIMap);
5281       PHIMap[OpInst] = P;
5282     }
5283     if (!P)
5284       return nullptr;  // Not evolving from PHI
5285     if (PHI && PHI != P)
5286       return nullptr;  // Evolving from multiple different PHIs.
5287     PHI = P;
5288   }
5289   // This is a expression evolving from a constant PHI!
5290   return PHI;
5291 }
5292 
5293 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI - Given an LLVM value and a loop, return a PHI node
5294 /// in the loop that V is derived from.  We allow arbitrary operations along the
5295 /// way, but the operands of an operation must either be constants or a value
5296 /// derived from a constant PHI.  If this expression does not fit with these
5297 /// constraints, return null.
getConstantEvolvingPHI(Value * V,const Loop * L)5298 static PHINode *getConstantEvolvingPHI(Value *V, const Loop *L) {
5299   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
5300   if (!I || !canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr;
5301 
5302   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) {
5303     return PN;
5304   }
5305 
5306   // Record non-constant instructions contained by the loop.
5307   DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> PHIMap;
5308   return getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(I, L, PHIMap);
5309 }
5310 
5311 /// EvaluateExpression - Given an expression that passes the
5312 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI predicate, evaluate its value assuming the PHI node
5313 /// in the loop has the value PHIVal.  If we can't fold this expression for some
5314 /// reason, return null.
EvaluateExpression(Value * V,const Loop * L,DenseMap<Instruction *,Constant * > & Vals,const DataLayout * DL,const TargetLibraryInfo * TLI)5315 static Constant *EvaluateExpression(Value *V, const Loop *L,
5316                                     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> &Vals,
5317                                     const DataLayout *DL,
5318                                     const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
5319   // Convenient constant check, but redundant for recursive calls.
5320   if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) return C;
5321   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
5322   if (!I) return nullptr;
5323 
5324   if (Constant *C = Vals.lookup(I)) return C;
5325 
5326   // An instruction inside the loop depends on a value outside the loop that we
5327   // weren't given a mapping for, or a value such as a call inside the loop.
5328   if (!canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr;
5329 
5330   // An unmapped PHI can be due to a branch or another loop inside this loop,
5331   // or due to this not being the initial iteration through a loop where we
5332   // couldn't compute the evolution of this particular PHI last time.
5333   if (isa<PHINode>(I)) return nullptr;
5334 
5335   std::vector<Constant*> Operands(I->getNumOperands());
5336 
5337   for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
5338     Instruction *Operand = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i));
5339     if (!Operand) {
5340       Operands[i] = dyn_cast<Constant>(I->getOperand(i));
5341       if (!Operands[i]) return nullptr;
5342       continue;
5343     }
5344     Constant *C = EvaluateExpression(Operand, L, Vals, DL, TLI);
5345     Vals[Operand] = C;
5346     if (!C) return nullptr;
5347     Operands[i] = C;
5348   }
5349 
5350   if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
5351     return ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), Operands[0],
5352                                            Operands[1], DL, TLI);
5353   if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
5354     if (!LI->isVolatile())
5355       return ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], DL);
5356   }
5357   return ConstantFoldInstOperands(I->getOpcode(), I->getType(), Operands, DL,
5358                                   TLI);
5359 }
5360 
5361 /// getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue - If we know that the specified Phi is
5362 /// in the header of its containing loop, we know the loop executes a
5363 /// constant number of times, and the PHI node is just a recurrence
5364 /// involving constants, fold it.
5365 Constant *
getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PHINode * PN,const APInt & BEs,const Loop * L)5366 ScalarEvolution::getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PHINode *PN,
5367                                                    const APInt &BEs,
5368                                                    const Loop *L) {
5369   DenseMap<PHINode*, Constant*>::const_iterator I =
5370     ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.find(PN);
5371   if (I != ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.end())
5372     return I->second;
5373 
5374   if (BEs.ugt(MaxBruteForceIterations))
5375     return ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN] = nullptr;  // Not going to evaluate it.
5376 
5377   Constant *&RetVal = ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN];
5378 
5379   DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals;
5380   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
5381   assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!");
5382 
5383   // Since the loop is canonicalized, the PHI node must have two entries.  One
5384   // entry must be a constant (coming in from outside of the loop), and the
5385   // second must be derived from the same PHI.
5386   bool SecondIsBackedge = L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(1));
5387   PHINode *PHI = nullptr;
5388   for (BasicBlock::iterator I = Header->begin();
5389        (PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)); ++I) {
5390     Constant *StartCST =
5391       dyn_cast<Constant>(PHI->getIncomingValue(!SecondIsBackedge));
5392     if (!StartCST) continue;
5393     CurrentIterVals[PHI] = StartCST;
5394   }
5395   if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN))
5396     return RetVal = nullptr;
5397 
5398   Value *BEValue = PN->getIncomingValue(SecondIsBackedge);
5399 
5400   // Execute the loop symbolically to determine the exit value.
5401   if (BEs.getActiveBits() >= 32)
5402     return RetVal = nullptr; // More than 2^32-1 iterations?? Not doing it!
5403 
5404   unsigned NumIterations = BEs.getZExtValue(); // must be in range
5405   unsigned IterationNum = 0;
5406   for (; ; ++IterationNum) {
5407     if (IterationNum == NumIterations)
5408       return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN];  // Got exit value!
5409 
5410     // Compute the value of the PHIs for the next iteration.
5411     // EvaluateExpression adds non-phi values to the CurrentIterVals map.
5412     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals;
5413     Constant *NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL,
5414                                            TLI);
5415     if (!NextPHI)
5416       return nullptr;        // Couldn't evaluate!
5417     NextIterVals[PN] = NextPHI;
5418 
5419     bool StoppedEvolving = NextPHI == CurrentIterVals[PN];
5420 
5421     // Also evaluate the other PHI nodes.  However, we don't get to stop if we
5422     // cease to be able to evaluate one of them or if they stop evolving,
5423     // because that doesn't necessarily prevent us from computing PN.
5424     SmallVector<std::pair<PHINode *, Constant *>, 8> PHIsToCompute;
5425     for (DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *>::const_iterator
5426            I = CurrentIterVals.begin(), E = CurrentIterVals.end(); I != E; ++I){
5427       PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I->first);
5428       if (!PHI || PHI == PN || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue;
5429       PHIsToCompute.push_back(std::make_pair(PHI, I->second));
5430     }
5431     // We use two distinct loops because EvaluateExpression may invalidate any
5432     // iterators into CurrentIterVals.
5433     for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<PHINode *, Constant*> >::const_iterator
5434              I = PHIsToCompute.begin(), E = PHIsToCompute.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5435       PHINode *PHI = I->first;
5436       Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI];
5437       if (!NextPHI) {   // Not already computed.
5438         Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValue(SecondIsBackedge);
5439         NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, TLI);
5440       }
5441       if (NextPHI != I->second)
5442         StoppedEvolving = false;
5443     }
5444 
5445     // If all entries in CurrentIterVals == NextIterVals then we can stop
5446     // iterating, the loop can't continue to change.
5447     if (StoppedEvolving)
5448       return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN];
5449 
5450     CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals);
5451   }
5452 }
5453 
5454 /// ComputeExitCountExhaustively - If the loop is known to execute a
5455 /// constant number of times (the condition evolves only from constants),
5456 /// try to evaluate a few iterations of the loop until we get the exit
5457 /// condition gets a value of ExitWhen (true or false).  If we cannot
5458 /// evaluate the trip count of the loop, return getCouldNotCompute().
ComputeExitCountExhaustively(const Loop * L,Value * Cond,bool ExitWhen)5459 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitCountExhaustively(const Loop *L,
5460                                                           Value *Cond,
5461                                                           bool ExitWhen) {
5462   PHINode *PN = getConstantEvolvingPHI(Cond, L);
5463   if (!PN) return getCouldNotCompute();
5464 
5465   // If the loop is canonicalized, the PHI will have exactly two entries.
5466   // That's the only form we support here.
5467   if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) return getCouldNotCompute();
5468 
5469   DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals;
5470   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
5471   assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!");
5472 
5473   // One entry must be a constant (coming in from outside of the loop), and the
5474   // second must be derived from the same PHI.
5475   bool SecondIsBackedge = L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(1));
5476   PHINode *PHI = nullptr;
5477   for (BasicBlock::iterator I = Header->begin();
5478        (PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)); ++I) {
5479     Constant *StartCST =
5480       dyn_cast<Constant>(PHI->getIncomingValue(!SecondIsBackedge));
5481     if (!StartCST) continue;
5482     CurrentIterVals[PHI] = StartCST;
5483   }
5484   if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN))
5485     return getCouldNotCompute();
5486 
5487   // Okay, we find a PHI node that defines the trip count of this loop.  Execute
5488   // the loop symbolically to determine when the condition gets a value of
5489   // "ExitWhen".
5490 
5491   unsigned MaxIterations = MaxBruteForceIterations;   // Limit analysis.
5492   for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxIterations;++IterationNum){
5493     ConstantInt *CondVal =
5494       dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(EvaluateExpression(Cond, L, CurrentIterVals,
5495                                                        DL, TLI));
5496 
5497     // Couldn't symbolically evaluate.
5498     if (!CondVal) return getCouldNotCompute();
5499 
5500     if (CondVal->getValue() == uint64_t(ExitWhen)) {
5501       ++NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed;
5502       return getConstant(Type::getInt32Ty(getContext()), IterationNum);
5503     }
5504 
5505     // Update all the PHI nodes for the next iteration.
5506     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals;
5507 
5508     // Create a list of which PHIs we need to compute. We want to do this before
5509     // calling EvaluateExpression on them because that may invalidate iterators
5510     // into CurrentIterVals.
5511     SmallVector<PHINode *, 8> PHIsToCompute;
5512     for (DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *>::const_iterator
5513            I = CurrentIterVals.begin(), E = CurrentIterVals.end(); I != E; ++I){
5514       PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I->first);
5515       if (!PHI || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue;
5516       PHIsToCompute.push_back(PHI);
5517     }
5518     for (SmallVectorImpl<PHINode *>::const_iterator I = PHIsToCompute.begin(),
5519              E = PHIsToCompute.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5520       PHINode *PHI = *I;
5521       Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI];
5522       if (NextPHI) continue;    // Already computed!
5523 
5524       Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValue(SecondIsBackedge);
5525       NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, TLI);
5526     }
5527     CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals);
5528   }
5529 
5530   // Too many iterations were needed to evaluate.
5531   return getCouldNotCompute();
5532 }
5533 
5534 /// getSCEVAtScope - Return a SCEV expression for the specified value
5535 /// at the specified scope in the program.  The L value specifies a loop
5536 /// nest to evaluate the expression at, where null is the top-level or a
5537 /// specified loop is immediately inside of the loop.
5538 ///
5539 /// This method can be used to compute the exit value for a variable defined
5540 /// in a loop by querying what the value will hold in the parent loop.
5541 ///
5542 /// In the case that a relevant loop exit value cannot be computed, the
5543 /// original value V is returned.
getSCEVAtScope(const SCEV * V,const Loop * L)5544 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
5545   // Check to see if we've folded this expression at this loop before.
5546   SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, const SCEV *>, 2> &Values = ValuesAtScopes[V];
5547   for (unsigned u = 0; u < Values.size(); u++) {
5548     if (Values[u].first == L)
5549       return Values[u].second ? Values[u].second : V;
5550   }
5551   Values.push_back(std::make_pair(L, static_cast<const SCEV *>(nullptr)));
5552   // Otherwise compute it.
5553   const SCEV *C = computeSCEVAtScope(V, L);
5554   SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, const SCEV *>, 2> &Values2 = ValuesAtScopes[V];
5555   for (unsigned u = Values2.size(); u > 0; u--) {
5556     if (Values2[u - 1].first == L) {
5557       Values2[u - 1].second = C;
5558       break;
5559     }
5560   }
5561   return C;
5562 }
5563 
5564 /// This builds up a Constant using the ConstantExpr interface.  That way, we
5565 /// will return Constants for objects which aren't represented by a
5566 /// SCEVConstant, because SCEVConstant is restricted to ConstantInt.
5567 /// Returns NULL if the SCEV isn't representable as a Constant.
BuildConstantFromSCEV(const SCEV * V)5568 static Constant *BuildConstantFromSCEV(const SCEV *V) {
5569   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(V->getSCEVType())) {
5570     case scCouldNotCompute:
5571     case scAddRecExpr:
5572       break;
5573     case scConstant:
5574       return cast<SCEVConstant>(V)->getValue();
5575     case scUnknown:
5576       return dyn_cast<Constant>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)->getValue());
5577     case scSignExtend: {
5578       const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V);
5579       if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SS->getOperand()))
5580         return ConstantExpr::getSExt(CastOp, SS->getType());
5581       break;
5582     }
5583     case scZeroExtend: {
5584       const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V);
5585       if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SZ->getOperand()))
5586         return ConstantExpr::getZExt(CastOp, SZ->getType());
5587       break;
5588     }
5589     case scTruncate: {
5590       const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V);
5591       if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(ST->getOperand()))
5592         return ConstantExpr::getTrunc(CastOp, ST->getType());
5593       break;
5594     }
5595     case scAddExpr: {
5596       const SCEVAddExpr *SA = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(V);
5597       if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(0))) {
5598         if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) {
5599           unsigned AS = PTy->getAddressSpace();
5600           Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS);
5601           C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy);
5602         }
5603         for (unsigned i = 1, e = SA->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
5604           Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(i));
5605           if (!C2) return nullptr;
5606 
5607           // First pointer!
5608           if (!C->getType()->isPointerTy() && C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
5609             unsigned AS = C2->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
5610             std::swap(C, C2);
5611             Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS);
5612             // The offsets have been converted to bytes.  We can add bytes to an
5613             // i8* by GEP with the byte count in the first index.
5614             C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy);
5615           }
5616 
5617           // Don't bother trying to sum two pointers. We probably can't
5618           // statically compute a load that results from it anyway.
5619           if (C2->getType()->isPointerTy())
5620             return nullptr;
5621 
5622           if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) {
5623             if (PTy->getElementType()->isStructTy())
5624               C2 = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(
5625                   C2, Type::getInt32Ty(C->getContext()), true);
5626             C = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(C, C2);
5627           } else
5628             C = ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, C2);
5629         }
5630         return C;
5631       }
5632       break;
5633     }
5634     case scMulExpr: {
5635       const SCEVMulExpr *SM = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(V);
5636       if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(0))) {
5637         // Don't bother with pointers at all.
5638         if (C->getType()->isPointerTy()) return nullptr;
5639         for (unsigned i = 1, e = SM->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
5640           Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(i));
5641           if (!C2 || C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) return nullptr;
5642           C = ConstantExpr::getMul(C, C2);
5643         }
5644         return C;
5645       }
5646       break;
5647     }
5648     case scUDivExpr: {
5649       const SCEVUDivExpr *SU = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V);
5650       if (Constant *LHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getLHS()))
5651         if (Constant *RHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getRHS()))
5652           if (LHS->getType() == RHS->getType())
5653             return ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHS, RHS);
5654       break;
5655     }
5656     case scSMaxExpr:
5657     case scUMaxExpr:
5658       break; // TODO: smax, umax.
5659   }
5660   return nullptr;
5661 }
5662 
computeSCEVAtScope(const SCEV * V,const Loop * L)5663 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
5664   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(V)) return V;
5665 
5666   // If this instruction is evolved from a constant-evolving PHI, compute the
5667   // exit value from the loop without using SCEVs.
5668   if (const SCEVUnknown *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)) {
5669     if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SU->getValue())) {
5670       const Loop *LI = (*this->LI)[I->getParent()];
5671       if (LI && LI->getParentLoop() == L)  // Looking for loop exit value.
5672         if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
5673           if (PN->getParent() == LI->getHeader()) {
5674             // Okay, there is no closed form solution for the PHI node.  Check
5675             // to see if the loop that contains it has a known backedge-taken
5676             // count.  If so, we may be able to force computation of the exit
5677             // value.
5678             const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(LI);
5679             if (const SCEVConstant *BTCC =
5680                   dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(BackedgeTakenCount)) {
5681               // Okay, we know how many times the containing loop executes.  If
5682               // this is a constant evolving PHI node, get the final value at
5683               // the specified iteration number.
5684               Constant *RV = getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PN,
5685                                                    BTCC->getValue()->getValue(),
5686                                                                LI);
5687               if (RV) return getSCEV(RV);
5688             }
5689           }
5690 
5691       // Okay, this is an expression that we cannot symbolically evaluate
5692       // into a SCEV.  Check to see if it's possible to symbolically evaluate
5693       // the arguments into constants, and if so, try to constant propagate the
5694       // result.  This is particularly useful for computing loop exit values.
5695       if (CanConstantFold(I)) {
5696         SmallVector<Constant *, 4> Operands;
5697         bool MadeImprovement = false;
5698         for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
5699           Value *Op = I->getOperand(i);
5700           if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
5701             Operands.push_back(C);
5702             continue;
5703           }
5704 
5705           // If any of the operands is non-constant and if they are
5706           // non-integer and non-pointer, don't even try to analyze them
5707           // with scev techniques.
5708           if (!isSCEVable(Op->getType()))
5709             return V;
5710 
5711           const SCEV *OrigV = getSCEV(Op);
5712           const SCEV *OpV = getSCEVAtScope(OrigV, L);
5713           MadeImprovement |= OrigV != OpV;
5714 
5715           Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(OpV);
5716           if (!C) return V;
5717           if (C->getType() != Op->getType())
5718             C = ConstantExpr::getCast(CastInst::getCastOpcode(C, false,
5719                                                               Op->getType(),
5720                                                               false),
5721                                       C, Op->getType());
5722           Operands.push_back(C);
5723         }
5724 
5725         // Check to see if getSCEVAtScope actually made an improvement.
5726         if (MadeImprovement) {
5727           Constant *C = nullptr;
5728           if (const CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
5729             C = ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(),
5730                                                 Operands[0], Operands[1], DL,
5731                                                 TLI);
5732           else if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
5733             if (!LI->isVolatile())
5734               C = ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], DL);
5735           } else
5736             C = ConstantFoldInstOperands(I->getOpcode(), I->getType(),
5737                                          Operands, DL, TLI);
5738           if (!C) return V;
5739           return getSCEV(C);
5740         }
5741       }
5742     }
5743 
5744     // This is some other type of SCEVUnknown, just return it.
5745     return V;
5746   }
5747 
5748   if (const SCEVCommutativeExpr *Comm = dyn_cast<SCEVCommutativeExpr>(V)) {
5749     // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified
5750     // expression has no loop-variant portions.
5751     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Comm->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
5752       const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L);
5753       if (OpAtScope != Comm->getOperand(i)) {
5754         // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be
5755         // foldable.  Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression.
5756         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(Comm->op_begin(),
5757                                             Comm->op_begin()+i);
5758         NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
5759 
5760         for (++i; i != e; ++i) {
5761           OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L);
5762           NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
5763         }
5764         if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Comm))
5765           return getAddExpr(NewOps);
5766         if (isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Comm))
5767           return getMulExpr(NewOps);
5768         if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Comm))
5769           return getSMaxExpr(NewOps);
5770         if (isa<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Comm))
5771           return getUMaxExpr(NewOps);
5772         llvm_unreachable("Unknown commutative SCEV type!");
5773       }
5774     }
5775     // If we got here, all operands are loop invariant.
5776     return Comm;
5777   }
5778 
5779   if (const SCEVUDivExpr *Div = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V)) {
5780     const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getLHS(), L);
5781     const SCEV *RHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getRHS(), L);
5782     if (LHS == Div->getLHS() && RHS == Div->getRHS())
5783       return Div;   // must be loop invariant
5784     return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
5785   }
5786 
5787   // If this is a loop recurrence for a loop that does not contain L, then we
5788   // are dealing with the final value computed by the loop.
5789   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V)) {
5790     // First, attempt to evaluate each operand.
5791     // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified
5792     // expression has no loop-variant portions.
5793     for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
5794       const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L);
5795       if (OpAtScope == AddRec->getOperand(i))
5796         continue;
5797 
5798       // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be
5799       // foldable.  Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression.
5800       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
5801                                           AddRec->op_begin()+i);
5802       NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
5803       for (++i; i != e; ++i)
5804         NewOps.push_back(getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L));
5805 
5806       const SCEV *FoldedRec =
5807         getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRec->getLoop(),
5808                       AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW));
5809       AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoldedRec);
5810       // The addrec may be folded to a nonrecurrence, for example, if the
5811       // induction variable is multiplied by zero after constant folding. Go
5812       // ahead and return the folded value.
5813       if (!AddRec)
5814         return FoldedRec;
5815       break;
5816     }
5817 
5818     // If the scope is outside the addrec's loop, evaluate it by using the
5819     // loop exit value of the addrec.
5820     if (!AddRec->getLoop()->contains(L)) {
5821       // To evaluate this recurrence, we need to know how many times the AddRec
5822       // loop iterates.  Compute this now.
5823       const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
5824       if (BackedgeTakenCount == getCouldNotCompute()) return AddRec;
5825 
5826       // Then, evaluate the AddRec.
5827       return AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(BackedgeTakenCount, *this);
5828     }
5829 
5830     return AddRec;
5831   }
5832 
5833   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V)) {
5834     const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
5835     if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
5836       return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
5837     return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
5838   }
5839 
5840   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V)) {
5841     const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
5842     if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
5843       return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
5844     return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
5845   }
5846 
5847   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V)) {
5848     const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
5849     if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
5850       return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
5851     return getTruncateExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
5852   }
5853 
5854   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV type!");
5855 }
5856 
5857 /// getSCEVAtScope - This is a convenience function which does
5858 /// getSCEVAtScope(getSCEV(V), L).
getSCEVAtScope(Value * V,const Loop * L)5859 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(Value *V, const Loop *L) {
5860   return getSCEVAtScope(getSCEV(V), L);
5861 }
5862 
5863 /// SolveLinEquationWithOverflow - Finds the minimum unsigned root of the
5864 /// following equation:
5865 ///
5866 ///     A * X = B (mod N)
5867 ///
5868 /// where N = 2^BW and BW is the common bit width of A and B. The signedness of
5869 /// A and B isn't important.
5870 ///
5871 /// If the equation does not have a solution, SCEVCouldNotCompute is returned.
SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(const APInt & A,const APInt & B,ScalarEvolution & SE)5872 static const SCEV *SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(const APInt &A, const APInt &B,
5873                                                ScalarEvolution &SE) {
5874   uint32_t BW = A.getBitWidth();
5875   assert(BW == B.getBitWidth() && "Bit widths must be the same.");
5876   assert(A != 0 && "A must be non-zero.");
5877 
5878   // 1. D = gcd(A, N)
5879   //
5880   // The gcd of A and N may have only one prime factor: 2. The number of
5881   // trailing zeros in A is its multiplicity
5882   uint32_t Mult2 = A.countTrailingZeros();
5883   // D = 2^Mult2
5884 
5885   // 2. Check if B is divisible by D.
5886   //
5887   // B is divisible by D if and only if the multiplicity of prime factor 2 for B
5888   // is not less than multiplicity of this prime factor for D.
5889   if (B.countTrailingZeros() < Mult2)
5890     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
5891 
5892   // 3. Compute I: the multiplicative inverse of (A / D) in arithmetic
5893   // modulo (N / D).
5894   //
5895   // (N / D) may need BW+1 bits in its representation.  Hence, we'll use this
5896   // bit width during computations.
5897   APInt AD = A.lshr(Mult2).zext(BW + 1);  // AD = A / D
5898   APInt Mod(BW + 1, 0);
5899   Mod.setBit(BW - Mult2);  // Mod = N / D
5900   APInt I = AD.multiplicativeInverse(Mod);
5901 
5902   // 4. Compute the minimum unsigned root of the equation:
5903   // I * (B / D) mod (N / D)
5904   APInt Result = (I * B.lshr(Mult2).zext(BW + 1)).urem(Mod);
5905 
5906   // The result is guaranteed to be less than 2^BW so we may truncate it to BW
5907   // bits.
5908   return SE.getConstant(Result.trunc(BW));
5909 }
5910 
5911 /// SolveQuadraticEquation - Find the roots of the quadratic equation for the
5912 /// given quadratic chrec {L,+,M,+,N}.  This returns either the two roots (which
5913 /// might be the same) or two SCEVCouldNotCompute objects.
5914 ///
5915 static std::pair<const SCEV *,const SCEV *>
SolveQuadraticEquation(const SCEVAddRecExpr * AddRec,ScalarEvolution & SE)5916 SolveQuadraticEquation(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
5917   assert(AddRec->getNumOperands() == 3 && "This is not a quadratic chrec!");
5918   const SCEVConstant *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(0));
5919   const SCEVConstant *MC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(1));
5920   const SCEVConstant *NC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(2));
5921 
5922   // We currently can only solve this if the coefficients are constants.
5923   if (!LC || !MC || !NC) {
5924     const SCEV *CNC = SE.getCouldNotCompute();
5925     return std::make_pair(CNC, CNC);
5926   }
5927 
5928   uint32_t BitWidth = LC->getValue()->getValue().getBitWidth();
5929   const APInt &L = LC->getValue()->getValue();
5930   const APInt &M = MC->getValue()->getValue();
5931   const APInt &N = NC->getValue()->getValue();
5932   APInt Two(BitWidth, 2);
5933   APInt Four(BitWidth, 4);
5934 
5935   {
5936     using namespace APIntOps;
5937     const APInt& C = L;
5938     // Convert from chrec coefficients to polynomial coefficients AX^2+BX+C
5939     // The B coefficient is M-N/2
5940     APInt B(M);
5941     B -= sdiv(N,Two);
5942 
5943     // The A coefficient is N/2
5944     APInt A(N.sdiv(Two));
5945 
5946     // Compute the B^2-4ac term.
5947     APInt SqrtTerm(B);
5948     SqrtTerm *= B;
5949     SqrtTerm -= Four * (A * C);
5950 
5951     if (SqrtTerm.isNegative()) {
5952       // The loop is provably infinite.
5953       const SCEV *CNC = SE.getCouldNotCompute();
5954       return std::make_pair(CNC, CNC);
5955     }
5956 
5957     // Compute sqrt(B^2-4ac). This is guaranteed to be the nearest
5958     // integer value or else APInt::sqrt() will assert.
5959     APInt SqrtVal(SqrtTerm.sqrt());
5960 
5961     // Compute the two solutions for the quadratic formula.
5962     // The divisions must be performed as signed divisions.
5963     APInt NegB(-B);
5964     APInt TwoA(A << 1);
5965     if (TwoA.isMinValue()) {
5966       const SCEV *CNC = SE.getCouldNotCompute();
5967       return std::make_pair(CNC, CNC);
5968     }
5969 
5970     LLVMContext &Context = SE.getContext();
5971 
5972     ConstantInt *Solution1 =
5973       ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB + SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA));
5974     ConstantInt *Solution2 =
5975       ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB - SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA));
5976 
5977     return std::make_pair(SE.getConstant(Solution1),
5978                           SE.getConstant(Solution2));
5979   } // end APIntOps namespace
5980 }
5981 
5982 /// HowFarToZero - Return the number of times a backedge comparing the specified
5983 /// value to zero will execute.  If not computable, return CouldNotCompute.
5984 ///
5985 /// This is only used for loops with a "x != y" exit test. The exit condition is
5986 /// now expressed as a single expression, V = x-y. So the exit test is
5987 /// effectively V != 0.  We know and take advantage of the fact that this
5988 /// expression only being used in a comparison by zero context.
5989 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
HowFarToZero(const SCEV * V,const Loop * L,bool ControlsExit)5990 ScalarEvolution::HowFarToZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L, bool ControlsExit) {
5991   // If the value is a constant
5992   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) {
5993     // If the value is already zero, the branch will execute zero times.
5994     if (C->getValue()->isZero()) return C;
5995     return getCouldNotCompute();  // Otherwise it will loop infinitely.
5996   }
5997 
5998   const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V);
5999   if (!AddRec || AddRec->getLoop() != L)
6000     return getCouldNotCompute();
6001 
6002   // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of
6003   // the quadratic equation to solve it.
6004   if (AddRec->isQuadratic() && AddRec->getType()->isIntegerTy()) {
6005     std::pair<const SCEV *,const SCEV *> Roots =
6006       SolveQuadraticEquation(AddRec, *this);
6007     const SCEVConstant *R1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.first);
6008     const SCEVConstant *R2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.second);
6009     if (R1 && R2) {
6010 #if 0
6011       dbgs() << "HFTZ: " << *V << " - sol#1: " << *R1
6012              << "  sol#2: " << *R2 << "\n";
6013 #endif
6014       // Pick the smallest positive root value.
6015       if (ConstantInt *CB =
6016           dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(CmpInst::ICMP_ULT,
6017                                                       R1->getValue(),
6018                                                       R2->getValue()))) {
6019         if (CB->getZExtValue() == false)
6020           std::swap(R1, R2);   // R1 is the minimum root now.
6021 
6022         // We can only use this value if the chrec ends up with an exact zero
6023         // value at this index.  When solving for "X*X != 5", for example, we
6024         // should not accept a root of 2.
6025         const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(R1, *this);
6026         if (Val->isZero())
6027           return R1;  // We found a quadratic root!
6028       }
6029     }
6030     return getCouldNotCompute();
6031   }
6032 
6033   // Otherwise we can only handle this if it is affine.
6034   if (!AddRec->isAffine())
6035     return getCouldNotCompute();
6036 
6037   // If this is an affine expression, the execution count of this branch is
6038   // the minimum unsigned root of the following equation:
6039   //
6040   //     Start + Step*N = 0 (mod 2^BW)
6041   //
6042   // equivalent to:
6043   //
6044   //             Step*N = -Start (mod 2^BW)
6045   //
6046   // where BW is the common bit width of Start and Step.
6047 
6048   // Get the initial value for the loop.
6049   const SCEV *Start = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getStart(), L->getParentLoop());
6050   const SCEV *Step = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(1), L->getParentLoop());
6051 
6052   // For now we handle only constant steps.
6053   //
6054   // TODO: Handle a nonconstant Step given AddRec<NUW>. If the
6055   // AddRec is NUW, then (in an unsigned sense) it cannot be counting up to wrap
6056   // to 0, it must be counting down to equal 0. Consequently, N = Start / -Step.
6057   // We have not yet seen any such cases.
6058   const SCEVConstant *StepC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step);
6059   if (!StepC || StepC->getValue()->equalsInt(0))
6060     return getCouldNotCompute();
6061 
6062   // For positive steps (counting up until unsigned overflow):
6063   //   N = -Start/Step (as unsigned)
6064   // For negative steps (counting down to zero):
6065   //   N = Start/-Step
6066   // First compute the unsigned distance from zero in the direction of Step.
6067   bool CountDown = StepC->getValue()->getValue().isNegative();
6068   const SCEV *Distance = CountDown ? Start : getNegativeSCEV(Start);
6069 
6070   // Handle unitary steps, which cannot wraparound.
6071   // 1*N = -Start; -1*N = Start (mod 2^BW), so:
6072   //   N = Distance (as unsigned)
6073   if (StepC->getValue()->equalsInt(1) || StepC->getValue()->isAllOnesValue()) {
6074     ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(Start);
6075     const SCEV *MaxBECount;
6076     if (!CountDown && CR.getUnsignedMin().isMinValue())
6077       // When counting up, the worst starting value is 1, not 0.
6078       MaxBECount = CR.getUnsignedMax().isMinValue()
6079         ? getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(CR.getBitWidth()))
6080         : getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(CR.getBitWidth()));
6081     else
6082       MaxBECount = getConstant(CountDown ? CR.getUnsignedMax()
6083                                          : -CR.getUnsignedMin());
6084     return ExitLimit(Distance, MaxBECount);
6085   }
6086 
6087   // As a special case, handle the instance where Step is a positive power of
6088   // two. In this case, determining whether Step divides Distance evenly can be
6089   // done by counting and comparing the number of trailing zeros of Step and
6090   // Distance.
6091   if (!CountDown) {
6092     const APInt &StepV = StepC->getValue()->getValue();
6093     // StepV.isPowerOf2() returns true if StepV is an positive power of two.  It
6094     // also returns true if StepV is maximally negative (eg, INT_MIN), but that
6095     // case is not handled as this code is guarded by !CountDown.
6096     if (StepV.isPowerOf2() &&
6097         GetMinTrailingZeros(Distance) >= StepV.countTrailingZeros())
6098       return getUDivExactExpr(Distance, Step);
6099   }
6100 
6101   // If the condition controls loop exit (the loop exits only if the expression
6102   // is true) and the addition is no-wrap we can use unsigned divide to
6103   // compute the backedge count.  In this case, the step may not divide the
6104   // distance, but we don't care because if the condition is "missed" the loop
6105   // will have undefined behavior due to wrapping.
6106   if (ControlsExit && AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW)) {
6107     const SCEV *Exact =
6108         getUDivExpr(Distance, CountDown ? getNegativeSCEV(Step) : Step);
6109     return ExitLimit(Exact, Exact);
6110   }
6111 
6112   // Then, try to solve the above equation provided that Start is constant.
6113   if (const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start))
6114     return SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(StepC->getValue()->getValue(),
6115                                         -StartC->getValue()->getValue(),
6116                                         *this);
6117   return getCouldNotCompute();
6118 }
6119 
6120 /// HowFarToNonZero - Return the number of times a backedge checking the
6121 /// specified value for nonzero will execute.  If not computable, return
6122 /// CouldNotCompute
6123 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
HowFarToNonZero(const SCEV * V,const Loop * L)6124 ScalarEvolution::HowFarToNonZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
6125   // Loops that look like: while (X == 0) are very strange indeed.  We don't
6126   // handle them yet except for the trivial case.  This could be expanded in the
6127   // future as needed.
6128 
6129   // If the value is a constant, check to see if it is known to be non-zero
6130   // already.  If so, the backedge will execute zero times.
6131   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) {
6132     if (!C->getValue()->isNullValue())
6133       return getConstant(C->getType(), 0);
6134     return getCouldNotCompute();  // Otherwise it will loop infinitely.
6135   }
6136 
6137   // We could implement others, but I really doubt anyone writes loops like
6138   // this, and if they did, they would already be constant folded.
6139   return getCouldNotCompute();
6140 }
6141 
6142 /// getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB - Return a predecessor of BB
6143 /// (which may not be an immediate predecessor) which has exactly one
6144 /// successor from which BB is reachable, or null if no such block is
6145 /// found.
6146 ///
6147 std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>
getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(BasicBlock * BB)6148 ScalarEvolution::getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(BasicBlock *BB) {
6149   // If the block has a unique predecessor, then there is no path from the
6150   // predecessor to the block that does not go through the direct edge
6151   // from the predecessor to the block.
6152   if (BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getSinglePredecessor())
6153     return std::make_pair(Pred, BB);
6154 
6155   // A loop's header is defined to be a block that dominates the loop.
6156   // If the header has a unique predecessor outside the loop, it must be
6157   // a block that has exactly one successor that can reach the loop.
6158   if (Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor(BB))
6159     return std::make_pair(L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader());
6160 
6161   return std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>();
6162 }
6163 
6164 /// HasSameValue - SCEV structural equivalence is usually sufficient for
6165 /// testing whether two expressions are equal, however for the purposes of
6166 /// looking for a condition guarding a loop, it can be useful to be a little
6167 /// more general, since a front-end may have replicated the controlling
6168 /// expression.
6169 ///
HasSameValue(const SCEV * A,const SCEV * B)6170 static bool HasSameValue(const SCEV *A, const SCEV *B) {
6171   // Quick check to see if they are the same SCEV.
6172   if (A == B) return true;
6173 
6174   // Otherwise, if they're both SCEVUnknown, it's possible that they hold
6175   // two different instructions with the same value. Check for this case.
6176   if (const SCEVUnknown *AU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(A))
6177     if (const SCEVUnknown *BU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(B))
6178       if (const Instruction *AI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AU->getValue()))
6179         if (const Instruction *BI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BU->getValue()))
6180           if (AI->isIdenticalTo(BI) && !AI->mayReadFromMemory())
6181             return true;
6182 
6183   // Otherwise assume they may have a different value.
6184   return false;
6185 }
6186 
6187 /// SimplifyICmpOperands - Simplify LHS and RHS in a comparison with
6188 /// predicate Pred. Return true iff any changes were made.
6189 ///
SimplifyICmpOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate & Pred,const SCEV * & LHS,const SCEV * & RHS,unsigned Depth)6190 bool ScalarEvolution::SimplifyICmpOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate &Pred,
6191                                            const SCEV *&LHS, const SCEV *&RHS,
6192                                            unsigned Depth) {
6193   bool Changed = false;
6194 
6195   // If we hit the max recursion limit bail out.
6196   if (Depth >= 3)
6197     return false;
6198 
6199   // Canonicalize a constant to the right side.
6200   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) {
6201     // Check for both operands constant.
6202     if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
6203       if (ConstantExpr::getICmp(Pred,
6204                                 LHSC->getValue(),
6205                                 RHSC->getValue())->isNullValue())
6206         goto trivially_false;
6207       else
6208         goto trivially_true;
6209     }
6210     // Otherwise swap the operands to put the constant on the right.
6211     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
6212     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
6213     Changed = true;
6214   }
6215 
6216   // If we're comparing an addrec with a value which is loop-invariant in the
6217   // addrec's loop, put the addrec on the left. Also make a dominance check,
6218   // as both operands could be addrecs loop-invariant in each other's loop.
6219   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS)) {
6220     const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
6221     if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && properlyDominates(LHS, L->getHeader())) {
6222       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
6223       Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
6224       Changed = true;
6225     }
6226   }
6227 
6228   // If there's a constant operand, canonicalize comparisons with boundary
6229   // cases, and canonicalize *-or-equal comparisons to regular comparisons.
6230   if (const SCEVConstant *RC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
6231     const APInt &RA = RC->getValue()->getValue();
6232     switch (Pred) {
6233     default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!");
6234     case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
6235     case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
6236       // Fold ((-1) * %a) + %b == 0 (equivalent to %b-%a == 0) into %a == %b.
6237       if (!RA)
6238         if (const SCEVAddExpr *AE = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS))
6239           if (const SCEVMulExpr *ME = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(AE->getOperand(0)))
6240             if (AE->getNumOperands() == 2 && ME->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
6241                 ME->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue()) {
6242               RHS = AE->getOperand(1);
6243               LHS = ME->getOperand(1);
6244               Changed = true;
6245             }
6246       break;
6247     case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
6248       if ((RA - 1).isMinValue()) {
6249         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
6250         RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
6251         Changed = true;
6252         break;
6253       }
6254       if (RA.isMaxValue()) {
6255         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
6256         Changed = true;
6257         break;
6258       }
6259       if (RA.isMinValue()) goto trivially_true;
6260 
6261       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
6262       RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
6263       Changed = true;
6264       break;
6265     case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
6266       if ((RA + 1).isMaxValue()) {
6267         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
6268         RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
6269         Changed = true;
6270         break;
6271       }
6272       if (RA.isMinValue()) {
6273         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
6274         Changed = true;
6275         break;
6276       }
6277       if (RA.isMaxValue()) goto trivially_true;
6278 
6279       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
6280       RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
6281       Changed = true;
6282       break;
6283     case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
6284       if ((RA - 1).isMinSignedValue()) {
6285         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
6286         RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
6287         Changed = true;
6288         break;
6289       }
6290       if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) {
6291         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
6292         Changed = true;
6293         break;
6294       }
6295       if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) goto trivially_true;
6296 
6297       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
6298       RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
6299       Changed = true;
6300       break;
6301     case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
6302       if ((RA + 1).isMaxSignedValue()) {
6303         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
6304         RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
6305         Changed = true;
6306         break;
6307       }
6308       if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) {
6309         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
6310         Changed = true;
6311         break;
6312       }
6313       if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) goto trivially_true;
6314 
6315       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
6316       RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
6317       Changed = true;
6318       break;
6319     case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
6320       if (RA.isMinValue()) {
6321         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
6322         Changed = true;
6323         break;
6324       }
6325       if ((RA + 1).isMaxValue()) {
6326         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
6327         RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
6328         Changed = true;
6329         break;
6330       }
6331       if (RA.isMaxValue()) goto trivially_false;
6332       break;
6333     case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
6334       if (RA.isMaxValue()) {
6335         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
6336         Changed = true;
6337         break;
6338       }
6339       if ((RA - 1).isMinValue()) {
6340         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
6341         RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
6342         Changed = true;
6343         break;
6344       }
6345       if (RA.isMinValue()) goto trivially_false;
6346       break;
6347     case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
6348       if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) {
6349         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
6350         Changed = true;
6351         break;
6352       }
6353       if ((RA + 1).isMaxSignedValue()) {
6354         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
6355         RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
6356         Changed = true;
6357         break;
6358       }
6359       if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) goto trivially_false;
6360       break;
6361     case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
6362       if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) {
6363         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
6364         Changed = true;
6365         break;
6366       }
6367       if ((RA - 1).isMinSignedValue()) {
6368        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
6369        RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
6370         Changed = true;
6371        break;
6372       }
6373       if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) goto trivially_false;
6374       break;
6375     }
6376   }
6377 
6378   // Check for obvious equality.
6379   if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS)) {
6380     if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred))
6381       goto trivially_true;
6382     if (ICmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(Pred))
6383       goto trivially_false;
6384   }
6385 
6386   // If possible, canonicalize GE/LE comparisons to GT/LT comparisons, by
6387   // adding or subtracting 1 from one of the operands.
6388   switch (Pred) {
6389   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
6390     if (!getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMax().isMaxSignedValue()) {
6391       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS,
6392                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
6393       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
6394       Changed = true;
6395     } else if (!getSignedRange(LHS).getSignedMin().isMinSignedValue()) {
6396       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS,
6397                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
6398       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
6399       Changed = true;
6400     }
6401     break;
6402   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
6403     if (!getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMin().isMinSignedValue()) {
6404       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS,
6405                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
6406       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
6407       Changed = true;
6408     } else if (!getSignedRange(LHS).getSignedMax().isMaxSignedValue()) {
6409       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS,
6410                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
6411       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
6412       Changed = true;
6413     }
6414     break;
6415   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
6416     if (!getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMax().isMaxValue()) {
6417       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS,
6418                        SCEV::FlagNUW);
6419       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
6420       Changed = true;
6421     } else if (!getUnsignedRange(LHS).getUnsignedMin().isMinValue()) {
6422       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS,
6423                        SCEV::FlagNUW);
6424       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
6425       Changed = true;
6426     }
6427     break;
6428   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
6429     if (!getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMin().isMinValue()) {
6430       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS,
6431                        SCEV::FlagNUW);
6432       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
6433       Changed = true;
6434     } else if (!getUnsignedRange(LHS).getUnsignedMax().isMaxValue()) {
6435       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS,
6436                        SCEV::FlagNUW);
6437       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
6438       Changed = true;
6439     }
6440     break;
6441   default:
6442     break;
6443   }
6444 
6445   // TODO: More simplifications are possible here.
6446 
6447   // Recursively simplify until we either hit a recursion limit or nothing
6448   // changes.
6449   if (Changed)
6450     return SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, Depth+1);
6451 
6452   return Changed;
6453 
6454 trivially_true:
6455   // Return 0 == 0.
6456   LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext()));
6457   Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
6458   return true;
6459 
6460 trivially_false:
6461   // Return 0 != 0.
6462   LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext()));
6463   Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
6464   return true;
6465 }
6466 
isKnownNegative(const SCEV * S)6467 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNegative(const SCEV *S) {
6468   return getSignedRange(S).getSignedMax().isNegative();
6469 }
6470 
isKnownPositive(const SCEV * S)6471 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPositive(const SCEV *S) {
6472   return getSignedRange(S).getSignedMin().isStrictlyPositive();
6473 }
6474 
isKnownNonNegative(const SCEV * S)6475 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonNegative(const SCEV *S) {
6476   return !getSignedRange(S).getSignedMin().isNegative();
6477 }
6478 
isKnownNonPositive(const SCEV * S)6479 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonPositive(const SCEV *S) {
6480   return !getSignedRange(S).getSignedMax().isStrictlyPositive();
6481 }
6482 
isKnownNonZero(const SCEV * S)6483 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonZero(const SCEV *S) {
6484   return isKnownNegative(S) || isKnownPositive(S);
6485 }
6486 
isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,const SCEV * LHS,const SCEV * RHS)6487 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
6488                                        const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
6489   // Canonicalize the inputs first.
6490   (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS);
6491 
6492   // If LHS or RHS is an addrec, check to see if the condition is true in
6493   // every iteration of the loop.
6494   // If LHS and RHS are both addrec, both conditions must be true in
6495   // every iteration of the loop.
6496   const SCEVAddRecExpr *LAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
6497   const SCEVAddRecExpr *RAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
6498   bool LeftGuarded = false;
6499   bool RightGuarded = false;
6500   if (LAR) {
6501     const Loop *L = LAR->getLoop();
6502     if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LAR->getStart(), RHS) &&
6503         isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LAR->getPostIncExpr(*this), RHS)) {
6504       if (!RAR) return true;
6505       LeftGuarded = true;
6506     }
6507   }
6508   if (RAR) {
6509     const Loop *L = RAR->getLoop();
6510     if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS, RAR->getStart()) &&
6511         isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS, RAR->getPostIncExpr(*this))) {
6512       if (!LAR) return true;
6513       RightGuarded = true;
6514     }
6515   }
6516   if (LeftGuarded && RightGuarded)
6517     return true;
6518 
6519   // Otherwise see what can be done with known constant ranges.
6520   return isKnownPredicateWithRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS);
6521 }
6522 
6523 bool
isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,const SCEV * LHS,const SCEV * RHS)6524 ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
6525                                             const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
6526   if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS))
6527     return ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred);
6528 
6529   // This code is split out from isKnownPredicate because it is called from
6530   // within isLoopEntryGuardedByCond.
6531   switch (Pred) {
6532   default:
6533     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!");
6534   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
6535     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
6536   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: {
6537     ConstantRange LHSRange = getSignedRange(LHS);
6538     ConstantRange RHSRange = getSignedRange(RHS);
6539     if (LHSRange.getSignedMax().slt(RHSRange.getSignedMin()))
6540       return true;
6541     if (LHSRange.getSignedMin().sge(RHSRange.getSignedMax()))
6542       return false;
6543     break;
6544   }
6545   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
6546     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
6547   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: {
6548     ConstantRange LHSRange = getSignedRange(LHS);
6549     ConstantRange RHSRange = getSignedRange(RHS);
6550     if (LHSRange.getSignedMax().sle(RHSRange.getSignedMin()))
6551       return true;
6552     if (LHSRange.getSignedMin().sgt(RHSRange.getSignedMax()))
6553       return false;
6554     break;
6555   }
6556   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
6557     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
6558   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: {
6559     ConstantRange LHSRange = getUnsignedRange(LHS);
6560     ConstantRange RHSRange = getUnsignedRange(RHS);
6561     if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMax().ult(RHSRange.getUnsignedMin()))
6562       return true;
6563     if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMin().uge(RHSRange.getUnsignedMax()))
6564       return false;
6565     break;
6566   }
6567   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
6568     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
6569   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: {
6570     ConstantRange LHSRange = getUnsignedRange(LHS);
6571     ConstantRange RHSRange = getUnsignedRange(RHS);
6572     if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMax().ule(RHSRange.getUnsignedMin()))
6573       return true;
6574     if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMin().ugt(RHSRange.getUnsignedMax()))
6575       return false;
6576     break;
6577   }
6578   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: {
6579     if (getUnsignedRange(LHS).intersectWith(getUnsignedRange(RHS)).isEmptySet())
6580       return true;
6581     if (getSignedRange(LHS).intersectWith(getSignedRange(RHS)).isEmptySet())
6582       return true;
6583 
6584     const SCEV *Diff = getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS);
6585     if (isKnownNonZero(Diff))
6586       return true;
6587     break;
6588   }
6589   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
6590     // The check at the top of the function catches the case where
6591     // the values are known to be equal.
6592     break;
6593   }
6594   return false;
6595 }
6596 
6597 /// isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond - Test whether the backedge of the loop is
6598 /// protected by a conditional between LHS and RHS.  This is used to
6599 /// to eliminate casts.
6600 bool
isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(const Loop * L,ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,const SCEV * LHS,const SCEV * RHS)6601 ScalarEvolution::isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(const Loop *L,
6602                                              ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
6603                                              const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
6604   // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard
6605   // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding).
6606   if (!L) return true;
6607 
6608   if (isKnownPredicateWithRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS)) return true;
6609 
6610   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
6611   if (!Latch)
6612     return false;
6613 
6614   BranchInst *LoopContinuePredicate =
6615     dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Latch->getTerminator());
6616   if (LoopContinuePredicate && LoopContinuePredicate->isConditional() &&
6617       isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS,
6618                     LoopContinuePredicate->getCondition(),
6619                     LoopContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0) != L->getHeader()))
6620     return true;
6621 
6622   // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics.
6623   for (auto &AssumeVH : AC->assumptions()) {
6624     if (!AssumeVH)
6625       continue;
6626     auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
6627     if (!DT->dominates(CI, Latch->getTerminator()))
6628       continue;
6629 
6630     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, CI->getArgOperand(0), false))
6631       return true;
6632   }
6633 
6634   return false;
6635 }
6636 
6637 /// isLoopEntryGuardedByCond - Test whether entry to the loop is protected
6638 /// by a conditional between LHS and RHS.  This is used to help avoid max
6639 /// expressions in loop trip counts, and to eliminate casts.
6640 bool
isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(const Loop * L,ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,const SCEV * LHS,const SCEV * RHS)6641 ScalarEvolution::isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(const Loop *L,
6642                                           ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
6643                                           const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
6644   // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard
6645   // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding).
6646   if (!L) return false;
6647 
6648   if (isKnownPredicateWithRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS)) return true;
6649 
6650   // Starting at the loop predecessor, climb up the predecessor chain, as long
6651   // as there are predecessors that can be found that have unique successors
6652   // leading to the original header.
6653   for (std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>
6654          Pair(L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader());
6655        Pair.first;
6656        Pair = getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(Pair.first)) {
6657 
6658     BranchInst *LoopEntryPredicate =
6659       dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Pair.first->getTerminator());
6660     if (!LoopEntryPredicate ||
6661         LoopEntryPredicate->isUnconditional())
6662       continue;
6663 
6664     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS,
6665                       LoopEntryPredicate->getCondition(),
6666                       LoopEntryPredicate->getSuccessor(0) != Pair.second))
6667       return true;
6668   }
6669 
6670   // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics.
6671   for (auto &AssumeVH : AC->assumptions()) {
6672     if (!AssumeVH)
6673       continue;
6674     auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
6675     if (!DT->dominates(CI, L->getHeader()))
6676       continue;
6677 
6678     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, CI->getArgOperand(0), false))
6679       return true;
6680   }
6681 
6682   return false;
6683 }
6684 
6685 /// RAII wrapper to prevent recursive application of isImpliedCond.
6686 /// ScalarEvolution's PendingLoopPredicates set must be empty unless we are
6687 /// currently evaluating isImpliedCond.
6688 struct MarkPendingLoopPredicate {
6689   Value *Cond;
6690   DenseSet<Value*> &LoopPreds;
6691   bool Pending;
6692 
MarkPendingLoopPredicateMarkPendingLoopPredicate6693   MarkPendingLoopPredicate(Value *C, DenseSet<Value*> &LP)
6694     : Cond(C), LoopPreds(LP) {
6695     Pending = !LoopPreds.insert(Cond).second;
6696   }
~MarkPendingLoopPredicateMarkPendingLoopPredicate6697   ~MarkPendingLoopPredicate() {
6698     if (!Pending)
6699       LoopPreds.erase(Cond);
6700   }
6701 };
6702 
6703 /// isImpliedCond - Test whether the condition described by Pred, LHS,
6704 /// and RHS is true whenever the given Cond value evaluates to true.
isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,const SCEV * LHS,const SCEV * RHS,Value * FoundCondValue,bool Inverse)6705 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
6706                                     const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
6707                                     Value *FoundCondValue,
6708                                     bool Inverse) {
6709   MarkPendingLoopPredicate Mark(FoundCondValue, PendingLoopPredicates);
6710   if (Mark.Pending)
6711     return false;
6712 
6713   // Recursively handle And and Or conditions.
6714   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FoundCondValue)) {
6715     if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
6716       if (!Inverse)
6717         return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse) ||
6718                isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse);
6719     } else if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
6720       if (Inverse)
6721         return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse) ||
6722                isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse);
6723     }
6724   }
6725 
6726   ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(FoundCondValue);
6727   if (!ICI) return false;
6728 
6729   // Bail if the ICmp's operands' types are wider than the needed type
6730   // before attempting to call getSCEV on them. This avoids infinite
6731   // recursion, since the analysis of widening casts can require loop
6732   // exit condition information for overflow checking, which would
6733   // lead back here.
6734   if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <
6735       getTypeSizeInBits(ICI->getOperand(0)->getType()))
6736     return false;
6737 
6738   // Now that we found a conditional branch that dominates the loop or controls
6739   // the loop latch. Check to see if it is the comparison we are looking for.
6740   ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred;
6741   if (Inverse)
6742     FoundPred = ICI->getInversePredicate();
6743   else
6744     FoundPred = ICI->getPredicate();
6745 
6746   const SCEV *FoundLHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(0));
6747   const SCEV *FoundRHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(1));
6748 
6749   // Balance the types. The case where FoundLHS' type is wider than
6750   // LHS' type is checked for above.
6751   if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) >
6752       getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) {
6753     if (CmpInst::isSigned(FoundPred)) {
6754       FoundLHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType());
6755       FoundRHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType());
6756     } else {
6757       FoundLHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType());
6758       FoundRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType());
6759     }
6760   }
6761 
6762   // Canonicalize the query to match the way instcombine will have
6763   // canonicalized the comparison.
6764   if (SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS))
6765     if (LHS == RHS)
6766       return CmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred);
6767   if (SimplifyICmpOperands(FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
6768     if (FoundLHS == FoundRHS)
6769       return CmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(FoundPred);
6770 
6771   // Check to see if we can make the LHS or RHS match.
6772   if (LHS == FoundRHS || RHS == FoundLHS) {
6773     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
6774       std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
6775       FoundPred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred);
6776     } else {
6777       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
6778       Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
6779     }
6780   }
6781 
6782   // Check whether the found predicate is the same as the desired predicate.
6783   if (FoundPred == Pred)
6784     return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
6785 
6786   // Check whether swapping the found predicate makes it the same as the
6787   // desired predicate.
6788   if (ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred) == Pred) {
6789     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS))
6790       return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundRHS, FoundLHS);
6791     else
6792       return isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred),
6793                                    RHS, LHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
6794   }
6795 
6796   // Check if we can make progress by sharpening ranges.
6797   if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE &&
6798       (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS) || isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS))) {
6799 
6800     const SCEVConstant *C = nullptr;
6801     const SCEV *V = nullptr;
6802 
6803     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS)) {
6804       C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS);
6805       V = FoundRHS;
6806     } else {
6807       C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS);
6808       V = FoundLHS;
6809     }
6810 
6811     // The guarding predicate tells us that C != V. If the known range
6812     // of V is [C, t), we can sharpen the range to [C + 1, t).  The
6813     // range we consider has to correspond to same signedness as the
6814     // predicate we're interested in folding.
6815 
6816     APInt Min = ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) ?
6817         getSignedRange(V).getSignedMin() : getUnsignedRange(V).getUnsignedMin();
6818 
6819     if (Min == C->getValue()->getValue()) {
6820       // Given (V >= Min && V != Min) we conclude V >= (Min + 1).
6821       // This is true even if (Min + 1) wraps around -- in case of
6822       // wraparound, (Min + 1) < Min, so (V >= Min => V >= (Min + 1)).
6823 
6824       APInt SharperMin = Min + 1;
6825 
6826       switch (Pred) {
6827         case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
6828         case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
6829           // We know V `Pred` SharperMin.  If this implies LHS `Pred`
6830           // RHS, we're done.
6831           if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V,
6832                                     getConstant(SharperMin)))
6833             return true;
6834 
6835         case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
6836         case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
6837           // We know from the range information that (V `Pred` Min ||
6838           // V == Min).  We know from the guarding condition that !(V
6839           // == Min).  This gives us
6840           //
6841           //       V `Pred` Min || V == Min && !(V == Min)
6842           //   =>  V `Pred` Min
6843           //
6844           // If V `Pred` Min implies LHS `Pred` RHS, we're done.
6845 
6846           if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V, getConstant(Min)))
6847             return true;
6848 
6849         default:
6850           // No change
6851           break;
6852       }
6853     }
6854   }
6855 
6856   // Check whether the actual condition is beyond sufficient.
6857   if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
6858     if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred))
6859       if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
6860         return true;
6861   if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
6862     if (!ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(FoundPred))
6863       if (isImpliedCondOperands(FoundPred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
6864         return true;
6865 
6866   // Otherwise assume the worst.
6867   return false;
6868 }
6869 
6870 /// isImpliedCondOperands - Test whether the condition described by Pred,
6871 /// LHS, and RHS is true whenever the condition described by Pred, FoundLHS,
6872 /// and FoundRHS is true.
isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,const SCEV * LHS,const SCEV * RHS,const SCEV * FoundLHS,const SCEV * FoundRHS)6873 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
6874                                             const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
6875                                             const SCEV *FoundLHS,
6876                                             const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
6877   return isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS,
6878                                      FoundLHS, FoundRHS) ||
6879          // ~x < ~y --> x > y
6880          isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS,
6881                                      getNotSCEV(FoundRHS),
6882                                      getNotSCEV(FoundLHS));
6883 }
6884 
6885 
6886 /// If Expr computes ~A, return A else return nullptr
MatchNotExpr(const SCEV * Expr)6887 static const SCEV *MatchNotExpr(const SCEV *Expr) {
6888   const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr);
6889   if (!Add || Add->getNumOperands() != 2) return nullptr;
6890 
6891   const SCEVConstant *AddLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Add->getOperand(0));
6892   if (!(AddLHS && AddLHS->getValue()->getValue().isAllOnesValue()))
6893     return nullptr;
6894 
6895   const SCEVMulExpr *AddRHS = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Add->getOperand(1));
6896   if (!AddRHS || AddRHS->getNumOperands() != 2) return nullptr;
6897 
6898   const SCEVConstant *MulLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRHS->getOperand(0));
6899   if (!(MulLHS && MulLHS->getValue()->getValue().isAllOnesValue()))
6900     return nullptr;
6901 
6902   return AddRHS->getOperand(1);
6903 }
6904 
6905 
6906 /// Is MaybeMaxExpr an SMax or UMax of Candidate and some other values?
6907 template<typename MaxExprType>
IsMaxConsistingOf(const SCEV * MaybeMaxExpr,const SCEV * Candidate)6908 static bool IsMaxConsistingOf(const SCEV *MaybeMaxExpr,
6909                               const SCEV *Candidate) {
6910   const MaxExprType *MaxExpr = dyn_cast<MaxExprType>(MaybeMaxExpr);
6911   if (!MaxExpr) return false;
6912 
6913   auto It = std::find(MaxExpr->op_begin(), MaxExpr->op_end(), Candidate);
6914   return It != MaxExpr->op_end();
6915 }
6916 
6917 
6918 /// Is MaybeMinExpr an SMin or UMin of Candidate and some other values?
6919 template<typename MaxExprType>
IsMinConsistingOf(ScalarEvolution & SE,const SCEV * MaybeMinExpr,const SCEV * Candidate)6920 static bool IsMinConsistingOf(ScalarEvolution &SE,
6921                               const SCEV *MaybeMinExpr,
6922                               const SCEV *Candidate) {
6923   const SCEV *MaybeMaxExpr = MatchNotExpr(MaybeMinExpr);
6924   if (!MaybeMaxExpr)
6925     return false;
6926 
6927   return IsMaxConsistingOf<MaxExprType>(MaybeMaxExpr, SE.getNotSCEV(Candidate));
6928 }
6929 
6930 
6931 /// Is LHS `Pred` RHS true on the virtue of LHS or RHS being a Min or Max
6932 /// expression?
IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(ScalarEvolution & SE,ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,const SCEV * LHS,const SCEV * RHS)6933 static bool IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(ScalarEvolution &SE,
6934                                         ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
6935                                         const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
6936   switch (Pred) {
6937   default:
6938     return false;
6939 
6940   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
6941     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
6942     // fall through
6943   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
6944     return
6945       // min(A, ...) <= A
6946       IsMinConsistingOf<SCEVSMaxExpr>(SE, LHS, RHS) ||
6947       // A <= max(A, ...)
6948       IsMaxConsistingOf<SCEVSMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS);
6949 
6950   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
6951     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
6952     // fall through
6953   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
6954     return
6955       // min(A, ...) <= A
6956       IsMinConsistingOf<SCEVUMaxExpr>(SE, LHS, RHS) ||
6957       // A <= max(A, ...)
6958       IsMaxConsistingOf<SCEVUMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS);
6959   }
6960 
6961   llvm_unreachable("covered switch fell through?!");
6962 }
6963 
6964 /// isImpliedCondOperandsHelper - Test whether the condition described by
6965 /// Pred, LHS, and RHS is true whenever the condition described by Pred,
6966 /// FoundLHS, and FoundRHS is true.
6967 bool
isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,const SCEV * LHS,const SCEV * RHS,const SCEV * FoundLHS,const SCEV * FoundRHS)6968 ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
6969                                              const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
6970                                              const SCEV *FoundLHS,
6971                                              const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
6972   auto IsKnownPredicateFull =
6973       [this](ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
6974     return isKnownPredicateWithRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
6975         IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(*this, Pred, LHS, RHS);
6976   };
6977 
6978   switch (Pred) {
6979   default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!");
6980   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
6981   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
6982     if (HasSameValue(LHS, FoundLHS) && HasSameValue(RHS, FoundRHS))
6983       return true;
6984     break;
6985   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
6986   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
6987     if (IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
6988         IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, RHS, FoundRHS))
6989       return true;
6990     break;
6991   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
6992   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
6993     if (IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
6994         IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, RHS, FoundRHS))
6995       return true;
6996     break;
6997   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
6998   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
6999     if (IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
7000         IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, RHS, FoundRHS))
7001       return true;
7002     break;
7003   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
7004   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
7005     if (IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
7006         IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, RHS, FoundRHS))
7007       return true;
7008     break;
7009   }
7010 
7011   return false;
7012 }
7013 
7014 // Verify if an linear IV with positive stride can overflow when in a
7015 // less-than comparison, knowing the invariant term of the comparison, the
7016 // stride and the knowledge of NSW/NUW flags on the recurrence.
doesIVOverflowOnLT(const SCEV * RHS,const SCEV * Stride,bool IsSigned,bool NoWrap)7017 bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnLT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride,
7018                                          bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) {
7019   if (NoWrap) return false;
7020 
7021   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
7022   const SCEV *One = getConstant(Stride->getType(), 1);
7023 
7024   if (IsSigned) {
7025     APInt MaxRHS = getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMax();
7026     APInt MaxValue = APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth);
7027     APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One))
7028                                 .getSignedMax();
7029 
7030     // SMaxRHS + SMaxStrideMinusOne > SMaxValue => overflow!
7031     return (MaxValue - MaxStrideMinusOne).slt(MaxRHS);
7032   }
7033 
7034   APInt MaxRHS = getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMax();
7035   APInt MaxValue = APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth);
7036   APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One))
7037                               .getUnsignedMax();
7038 
7039   // UMaxRHS + UMaxStrideMinusOne > UMaxValue => overflow!
7040   return (MaxValue - MaxStrideMinusOne).ult(MaxRHS);
7041 }
7042 
7043 // Verify if an linear IV with negative stride can overflow when in a
7044 // greater-than comparison, knowing the invariant term of the comparison,
7045 // the stride and the knowledge of NSW/NUW flags on the recurrence.
doesIVOverflowOnGT(const SCEV * RHS,const SCEV * Stride,bool IsSigned,bool NoWrap)7046 bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnGT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride,
7047                                          bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) {
7048   if (NoWrap) return false;
7049 
7050   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
7051   const SCEV *One = getConstant(Stride->getType(), 1);
7052 
7053   if (IsSigned) {
7054     APInt MinRHS = getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMin();
7055     APInt MinValue = APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth);
7056     APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One))
7057                                .getSignedMax();
7058 
7059     // SMinRHS - SMaxStrideMinusOne < SMinValue => overflow!
7060     return (MinValue + MaxStrideMinusOne).sgt(MinRHS);
7061   }
7062 
7063   APInt MinRHS = getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMin();
7064   APInt MinValue = APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth);
7065   APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One))
7066                             .getUnsignedMax();
7067 
7068   // UMinRHS - UMaxStrideMinusOne < UMinValue => overflow!
7069   return (MinValue + MaxStrideMinusOne).ugt(MinRHS);
7070 }
7071 
7072 // Compute the backedge taken count knowing the interval difference, the
7073 // stride and presence of the equality in the comparison.
computeBECount(const SCEV * Delta,const SCEV * Step,bool Equality)7074 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeBECount(const SCEV *Delta, const SCEV *Step,
7075                                             bool Equality) {
7076   const SCEV *One = getConstant(Step->getType(), 1);
7077   Delta = Equality ? getAddExpr(Delta, Step)
7078                    : getAddExpr(Delta, getMinusSCEV(Step, One));
7079   return getUDivExpr(Delta, Step);
7080 }
7081 
7082 /// HowManyLessThans - Return the number of times a backedge containing the
7083 /// specified less-than comparison will execute.  If not computable, return
7084 /// CouldNotCompute.
7085 ///
7086 /// @param ControlsExit is true when the LHS < RHS condition directly controls
7087 /// the branch (loops exits only if condition is true). In this case, we can use
7088 /// NoWrapFlags to skip overflow checks.
7089 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
HowManyLessThans(const SCEV * LHS,const SCEV * RHS,const Loop * L,bool IsSigned,bool ControlsExit)7090 ScalarEvolution::HowManyLessThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
7091                                   const Loop *L, bool IsSigned,
7092                                   bool ControlsExit) {
7093   // We handle only IV < Invariant
7094   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L))
7095     return getCouldNotCompute();
7096 
7097   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
7098 
7099   // Avoid weird loops
7100   if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine())
7101     return getCouldNotCompute();
7102 
7103   bool NoWrap = ControlsExit &&
7104                 IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW);
7105 
7106   const SCEV *Stride = IV->getStepRecurrence(*this);
7107 
7108   // Avoid negative or zero stride values
7109   if (!isKnownPositive(Stride))
7110     return getCouldNotCompute();
7111 
7112   // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken count
7113   // will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow conditions
7114   // exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of undefined
7115   // behaviors like the case of C language.
7116   if (!Stride->isOne() && doesIVOverflowOnLT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap))
7117     return getCouldNotCompute();
7118 
7119   ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT
7120                                       : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
7121   const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart();
7122   const SCEV *End = RHS;
7123   if (!isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getMinusSCEV(Start, Stride), RHS)) {
7124     const SCEV *Diff = getMinusSCEV(RHS, Start);
7125     // If we have NoWrap set, then we can assume that the increment won't
7126     // overflow, in which case if RHS - Start is a constant, we don't need to
7127     // do a max operation since we can just figure it out statically
7128     if (NoWrap && isa<SCEVConstant>(Diff)) {
7129       APInt D = dyn_cast<const SCEVConstant>(Diff)->getValue()->getValue();
7130       if (D.isNegative())
7131         End = Start;
7132     } else
7133       End = IsSigned ? getSMaxExpr(RHS, Start)
7134                      : getUMaxExpr(RHS, Start);
7135   }
7136 
7137   const SCEV *BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(End, Start), Stride, false);
7138 
7139   APInt MinStart = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Start).getSignedMin()
7140                             : getUnsignedRange(Start).getUnsignedMin();
7141 
7142   APInt MinStride = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Stride).getSignedMin()
7143                              : getUnsignedRange(Stride).getUnsignedMin();
7144 
7145   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType());
7146   APInt Limit = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth) - (MinStride - 1)
7147                          : APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) - (MinStride - 1);
7148 
7149   // Although End can be a MAX expression we estimate MaxEnd considering only
7150   // the case End = RHS. This is safe because in the other case (End - Start)
7151   // is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge taken count.
7152   APInt MaxEnd =
7153     IsSigned ? APIntOps::smin(getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMax(), Limit)
7154              : APIntOps::umin(getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMax(), Limit);
7155 
7156   const SCEV *MaxBECount;
7157   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount))
7158     MaxBECount = BECount;
7159   else
7160     MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxEnd - MinStart),
7161                                 getConstant(MinStride), false);
7162 
7163   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount))
7164     MaxBECount = BECount;
7165 
7166   return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount);
7167 }
7168 
7169 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
HowManyGreaterThans(const SCEV * LHS,const SCEV * RHS,const Loop * L,bool IsSigned,bool ControlsExit)7170 ScalarEvolution::HowManyGreaterThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
7171                                      const Loop *L, bool IsSigned,
7172                                      bool ControlsExit) {
7173   // We handle only IV > Invariant
7174   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L))
7175     return getCouldNotCompute();
7176 
7177   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
7178 
7179   // Avoid weird loops
7180   if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine())
7181     return getCouldNotCompute();
7182 
7183   bool NoWrap = ControlsExit &&
7184                 IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW);
7185 
7186   const SCEV *Stride = getNegativeSCEV(IV->getStepRecurrence(*this));
7187 
7188   // Avoid negative or zero stride values
7189   if (!isKnownPositive(Stride))
7190     return getCouldNotCompute();
7191 
7192   // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken count
7193   // will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow conditions
7194   // exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of undefined
7195   // behaviors like the case of C language.
7196   if (!Stride->isOne() && doesIVOverflowOnGT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap))
7197     return getCouldNotCompute();
7198 
7199   ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
7200                                       : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
7201 
7202   const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart();
7203   const SCEV *End = RHS;
7204   if (!isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getAddExpr(Start, Stride), RHS)) {
7205     const SCEV *Diff = getMinusSCEV(RHS, Start);
7206     // If we have NoWrap set, then we can assume that the increment won't
7207     // overflow, in which case if RHS - Start is a constant, we don't need to
7208     // do a max operation since we can just figure it out statically
7209     if (NoWrap && isa<SCEVConstant>(Diff)) {
7210       APInt D = dyn_cast<const SCEVConstant>(Diff)->getValue()->getValue();
7211       if (!D.isNegative())
7212         End = Start;
7213     } else
7214       End = IsSigned ? getSMinExpr(RHS, Start)
7215                      : getUMinExpr(RHS, Start);
7216   }
7217 
7218   const SCEV *BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(Start, End), Stride, false);
7219 
7220   APInt MaxStart = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Start).getSignedMax()
7221                             : getUnsignedRange(Start).getUnsignedMax();
7222 
7223   APInt MinStride = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Stride).getSignedMin()
7224                              : getUnsignedRange(Stride).getUnsignedMin();
7225 
7226   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType());
7227   APInt Limit = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1)
7228                          : APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1);
7229 
7230   // Although End can be a MIN expression we estimate MinEnd considering only
7231   // the case End = RHS. This is safe because in the other case (Start - End)
7232   // is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge taken count.
7233   APInt MinEnd =
7234     IsSigned ? APIntOps::smax(getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMin(), Limit)
7235              : APIntOps::umax(getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMin(), Limit);
7236 
7237 
7238   const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
7239   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount))
7240     MaxBECount = BECount;
7241   else
7242     MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxStart - MinEnd),
7243                                 getConstant(MinStride), false);
7244 
7245   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount))
7246     MaxBECount = BECount;
7247 
7248   return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount);
7249 }
7250 
7251 /// getNumIterationsInRange - Return the number of iterations of this loop that
7252 /// produce values in the specified constant range.  Another way of looking at
7253 /// this is that it returns the first iteration number where the value is not in
7254 /// the condition, thus computing the exit count. If the iteration count can't
7255 /// be computed, an instance of SCEVCouldNotCompute is returned.
getNumIterationsInRange(ConstantRange Range,ScalarEvolution & SE) const7256 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::getNumIterationsInRange(ConstantRange Range,
7257                                                     ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
7258   if (Range.isFullSet())  // Infinite loop.
7259     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
7260 
7261   // If the start is a non-zero constant, shift the range to simplify things.
7262   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getStart()))
7263     if (!SC->getValue()->isZero()) {
7264       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands(op_begin(), op_end());
7265       Operands[0] = SE.getConstant(SC->getType(), 0);
7266       const SCEV *Shifted = SE.getAddRecExpr(Operands, getLoop(),
7267                                              getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW));
7268       if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *ShiftedAddRec =
7269             dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Shifted))
7270         return ShiftedAddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(
7271                            Range.subtract(SC->getValue()->getValue()), SE);
7272       // This is strange and shouldn't happen.
7273       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
7274     }
7275 
7276   // The only time we can solve this is when we have all constant indices.
7277   // Otherwise, we cannot determine the overflow conditions.
7278   for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
7279     if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(getOperand(i)))
7280       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
7281 
7282 
7283   // Okay at this point we know that all elements of the chrec are constants and
7284   // that the start element is zero.
7285 
7286   // First check to see if the range contains zero.  If not, the first
7287   // iteration exits.
7288   unsigned BitWidth = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(getType());
7289   if (!Range.contains(APInt(BitWidth, 0)))
7290     return SE.getConstant(getType(), 0);
7291 
7292   if (isAffine()) {
7293     // If this is an affine expression then we have this situation:
7294     //   Solve {0,+,A} in Range  ===  Ax in Range
7295 
7296     // We know that zero is in the range.  If A is positive then we know that
7297     // the upper value of the range must be the first possible exit value.
7298     // If A is negative then the lower of the range is the last possible loop
7299     // value.  Also note that we already checked for a full range.
7300     APInt One(BitWidth,1);
7301     APInt A     = cast<SCEVConstant>(getOperand(1))->getValue()->getValue();
7302     APInt End = A.sge(One) ? (Range.getUpper() - One) : Range.getLower();
7303 
7304     // The exit value should be (End+A)/A.
7305     APInt ExitVal = (End + A).udiv(A);
7306     ConstantInt *ExitValue = ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal);
7307 
7308     // Evaluate at the exit value.  If we really did fall out of the valid
7309     // range, then we computed our trip count, otherwise wrap around or other
7310     // things must have happened.
7311     ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, ExitValue, SE);
7312     if (Range.contains(Val->getValue()))
7313       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();  // Something strange happened
7314 
7315     // Ensure that the previous value is in the range.  This is a sanity check.
7316     assert(Range.contains(
7317            EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this,
7318            ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal - One), SE)->getValue()) &&
7319            "Linear scev computation is off in a bad way!");
7320     return SE.getConstant(ExitValue);
7321   } else if (isQuadratic()) {
7322     // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of the
7323     // quadratic equation to solve it.  To do this, we must frame our problem in
7324     // terms of figuring out when zero is crossed, instead of when
7325     // Range.getUpper() is crossed.
7326     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps(op_begin(), op_end());
7327     NewOps[0] = SE.getNegativeSCEV(SE.getConstant(Range.getUpper()));
7328     const SCEV *NewAddRec = SE.getAddRecExpr(NewOps, getLoop(),
7329                                              // getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW)
7330                                              FlagAnyWrap);
7331 
7332     // Next, solve the constructed addrec
7333     std::pair<const SCEV *,const SCEV *> Roots =
7334       SolveQuadraticEquation(cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec), SE);
7335     const SCEVConstant *R1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.first);
7336     const SCEVConstant *R2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.second);
7337     if (R1) {
7338       // Pick the smallest positive root value.
7339       if (ConstantInt *CB =
7340           dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT,
7341                          R1->getValue(), R2->getValue()))) {
7342         if (CB->getZExtValue() == false)
7343           std::swap(R1, R2);   // R1 is the minimum root now.
7344 
7345         // Make sure the root is not off by one.  The returned iteration should
7346         // not be in the range, but the previous one should be.  When solving
7347         // for "X*X < 5", for example, we should not return a root of 2.
7348         ConstantInt *R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this,
7349                                                              R1->getValue(),
7350                                                              SE);
7351         if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue())) {
7352           // The next iteration must be out of the range...
7353           ConstantInt *NextVal =
7354                 ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getValue()->getValue()+1);
7355 
7356           R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE);
7357           if (!Range.contains(R1Val->getValue()))
7358             return SE.getConstant(NextVal);
7359           return SE.getCouldNotCompute();  // Something strange happened
7360         }
7361 
7362         // If R1 was not in the range, then it is a good return value.  Make
7363         // sure that R1-1 WAS in the range though, just in case.
7364         ConstantInt *NextVal =
7365                ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getValue()->getValue()-1);
7366         R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE);
7367         if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue()))
7368           return R1;
7369         return SE.getCouldNotCompute();  // Something strange happened
7370       }
7371     }
7372   }
7373 
7374   return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
7375 }
7376 
7377 namespace {
7378 struct FindUndefs {
7379   bool Found;
FindUndefs__anonbe70a9c90711::FindUndefs7380   FindUndefs() : Found(false) {}
7381 
follow__anonbe70a9c90711::FindUndefs7382   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
7383     if (const SCEVUnknown *C = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
7384       if (isa<UndefValue>(C->getValue()))
7385         Found = true;
7386     } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S)) {
7387       if (isa<UndefValue>(C->getValue()))
7388         Found = true;
7389     }
7390 
7391     // Keep looking if we haven't found it yet.
7392     return !Found;
7393   }
isDone__anonbe70a9c90711::FindUndefs7394   bool isDone() const {
7395     // Stop recursion if we have found an undef.
7396     return Found;
7397   }
7398 };
7399 }
7400 
7401 // Return true when S contains at least an undef value.
7402 static inline bool
containsUndefs(const SCEV * S)7403 containsUndefs(const SCEV *S) {
7404   FindUndefs F;
7405   SCEVTraversal<FindUndefs> ST(F);
7406   ST.visitAll(S);
7407 
7408   return F.Found;
7409 }
7410 
7411 namespace {
7412 // Collect all steps of SCEV expressions.
7413 struct SCEVCollectStrides {
7414   ScalarEvolution &SE;
7415   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Strides;
7416 
SCEVCollectStrides__anonbe70a9c90811::SCEVCollectStrides7417   SCEVCollectStrides(ScalarEvolution &SE, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &S)
7418       : SE(SE), Strides(S) {}
7419 
follow__anonbe70a9c90811::SCEVCollectStrides7420   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
7421     if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S))
7422       Strides.push_back(AR->getStepRecurrence(SE));
7423     return true;
7424   }
isDone__anonbe70a9c90811::SCEVCollectStrides7425   bool isDone() const { return false; }
7426 };
7427 
7428 // Collect all SCEVUnknown and SCEVMulExpr expressions.
7429 struct SCEVCollectTerms {
7430   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms;
7431 
SCEVCollectTerms__anonbe70a9c90811::SCEVCollectTerms7432   SCEVCollectTerms(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &T)
7433       : Terms(T) {}
7434 
follow__anonbe70a9c90811::SCEVCollectTerms7435   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
7436     if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(S) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
7437       if (!containsUndefs(S))
7438         Terms.push_back(S);
7439 
7440       // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands.
7441       return false;
7442     }
7443 
7444     // Keep looking.
7445     return true;
7446   }
isDone__anonbe70a9c90811::SCEVCollectTerms7447   bool isDone() const { return false; }
7448 };
7449 }
7450 
7451 /// Find parametric terms in this SCEVAddRecExpr.
collectParametricTerms(ScalarEvolution & SE,SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV * > & Terms) const7452 void SCEVAddRecExpr::collectParametricTerms(
7453     ScalarEvolution &SE, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms) const {
7454   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Strides;
7455   SCEVCollectStrides StrideCollector(SE, Strides);
7456   visitAll(this, StrideCollector);
7457 
7458   DEBUG({
7459       dbgs() << "Strides:\n";
7460       for (const SCEV *S : Strides)
7461         dbgs() << *S << "\n";
7462     });
7463 
7464   for (const SCEV *S : Strides) {
7465     SCEVCollectTerms TermCollector(Terms);
7466     visitAll(S, TermCollector);
7467   }
7468 
7469   DEBUG({
7470       dbgs() << "Terms:\n";
7471       for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
7472         dbgs() << *T << "\n";
7473     });
7474 }
7475 
findArrayDimensionsRec(ScalarEvolution & SE,SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV * > & Terms,SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV * > & Sizes)7476 static bool findArrayDimensionsRec(ScalarEvolution &SE,
7477                                    SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms,
7478                                    SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) {
7479   int Last = Terms.size() - 1;
7480   const SCEV *Step = Terms[Last];
7481 
7482   // End of recursion.
7483   if (Last == 0) {
7484     if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Step)) {
7485       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs;
7486       for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
7487         if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op))
7488           Qs.push_back(Op);
7489 
7490       Step = SE.getMulExpr(Qs);
7491     }
7492 
7493     Sizes.push_back(Step);
7494     return true;
7495   }
7496 
7497   for (const SCEV *&Term : Terms) {
7498     // Normalize the terms before the next call to findArrayDimensionsRec.
7499     const SCEV *Q, *R;
7500     SCEVDivision::divide(SE, Term, Step, &Q, &R);
7501 
7502     // Bail out when GCD does not evenly divide one of the terms.
7503     if (!R->isZero())
7504       return false;
7505 
7506     Term = Q;
7507   }
7508 
7509   // Remove all SCEVConstants.
7510   Terms.erase(std::remove_if(Terms.begin(), Terms.end(), [](const SCEV *E) {
7511                 return isa<SCEVConstant>(E);
7512               }),
7513               Terms.end());
7514 
7515   if (Terms.size() > 0)
7516     if (!findArrayDimensionsRec(SE, Terms, Sizes))
7517       return false;
7518 
7519   Sizes.push_back(Step);
7520   return true;
7521 }
7522 
7523 namespace {
7524 struct FindParameter {
7525   bool FoundParameter;
FindParameter__anonbe70a9c90a11::FindParameter7526   FindParameter() : FoundParameter(false) {}
7527 
follow__anonbe70a9c90a11::FindParameter7528   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
7529     if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
7530       FoundParameter = true;
7531       // Stop recursion: we found a parameter.
7532       return false;
7533     }
7534     // Keep looking.
7535     return true;
7536   }
isDone__anonbe70a9c90a11::FindParameter7537   bool isDone() const {
7538     // Stop recursion if we have found a parameter.
7539     return FoundParameter;
7540   }
7541 };
7542 }
7543 
7544 // Returns true when S contains at least a SCEVUnknown parameter.
7545 static inline bool
containsParameters(const SCEV * S)7546 containsParameters(const SCEV *S) {
7547   FindParameter F;
7548   SCEVTraversal<FindParameter> ST(F);
7549   ST.visitAll(S);
7550 
7551   return F.FoundParameter;
7552 }
7553 
7554 // Returns true when one of the SCEVs of Terms contains a SCEVUnknown parameter.
7555 static inline bool
containsParameters(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV * > & Terms)7556 containsParameters(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms) {
7557   for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
7558     if (containsParameters(T))
7559       return true;
7560   return false;
7561 }
7562 
7563 // Return the number of product terms in S.
numberOfTerms(const SCEV * S)7564 static inline int numberOfTerms(const SCEV *S) {
7565   if (const SCEVMulExpr *Expr = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S))
7566     return Expr->getNumOperands();
7567   return 1;
7568 }
7569 
removeConstantFactors(ScalarEvolution & SE,const SCEV * T)7570 static const SCEV *removeConstantFactors(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *T) {
7571   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(T))
7572     return nullptr;
7573 
7574   if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(T))
7575     return T;
7576 
7577   if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(T)) {
7578     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Factors;
7579     for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
7580       if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op))
7581         Factors.push_back(Op);
7582 
7583     return SE.getMulExpr(Factors);
7584   }
7585 
7586   return T;
7587 }
7588 
7589 /// Return the size of an element read or written by Inst.
getElementSize(Instruction * Inst)7590 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getElementSize(Instruction *Inst) {
7591   Type *Ty;
7592   if (StoreInst *Store = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst))
7593     Ty = Store->getValueOperand()->getType();
7594   else if (LoadInst *Load = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Inst))
7595     Ty = Load->getType();
7596   else
7597     return nullptr;
7598 
7599   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(Ty));
7600   return getSizeOfExpr(ETy, Ty);
7601 }
7602 
7603 /// Second step of delinearization: compute the array dimensions Sizes from the
7604 /// set of Terms extracted from the memory access function of this SCEVAddRec.
findArrayDimensions(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV * > & Terms,SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV * > & Sizes,const SCEV * ElementSize) const7605 void ScalarEvolution::findArrayDimensions(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms,
7606                                           SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes,
7607                                           const SCEV *ElementSize) const {
7608 
7609   if (Terms.size() < 1 || !ElementSize)
7610     return;
7611 
7612   // Early return when Terms do not contain parameters: we do not delinearize
7613   // non parametric SCEVs.
7614   if (!containsParameters(Terms))
7615     return;
7616 
7617   DEBUG({
7618       dbgs() << "Terms:\n";
7619       for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
7620         dbgs() << *T << "\n";
7621     });
7622 
7623   // Remove duplicates.
7624   std::sort(Terms.begin(), Terms.end());
7625   Terms.erase(std::unique(Terms.begin(), Terms.end()), Terms.end());
7626 
7627   // Put larger terms first.
7628   std::sort(Terms.begin(), Terms.end(), [](const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
7629     return numberOfTerms(LHS) > numberOfTerms(RHS);
7630   });
7631 
7632   ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this);
7633 
7634   // Divide all terms by the element size.
7635   for (const SCEV *&Term : Terms) {
7636     const SCEV *Q, *R;
7637     SCEVDivision::divide(SE, Term, ElementSize, &Q, &R);
7638     Term = Q;
7639   }
7640 
7641   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewTerms;
7642 
7643   // Remove constant factors.
7644   for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
7645     if (const SCEV *NewT = removeConstantFactors(SE, T))
7646       NewTerms.push_back(NewT);
7647 
7648   DEBUG({
7649       dbgs() << "Terms after sorting:\n";
7650       for (const SCEV *T : NewTerms)
7651         dbgs() << *T << "\n";
7652     });
7653 
7654   if (NewTerms.empty() ||
7655       !findArrayDimensionsRec(SE, NewTerms, Sizes)) {
7656     Sizes.clear();
7657     return;
7658   }
7659 
7660   // The last element to be pushed into Sizes is the size of an element.
7661   Sizes.push_back(ElementSize);
7662 
7663   DEBUG({
7664       dbgs() << "Sizes:\n";
7665       for (const SCEV *S : Sizes)
7666         dbgs() << *S << "\n";
7667     });
7668 }
7669 
7670 /// Third step of delinearization: compute the access functions for the
7671 /// Subscripts based on the dimensions in Sizes.
computeAccessFunctions(ScalarEvolution & SE,SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV * > & Subscripts,SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV * > & Sizes) const7672 void SCEVAddRecExpr::computeAccessFunctions(
7673     ScalarEvolution &SE, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts,
7674     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) const {
7675 
7676   // Early exit in case this SCEV is not an affine multivariate function.
7677   if (Sizes.empty() || !this->isAffine())
7678     return;
7679 
7680   const SCEV *Res = this;
7681   int Last = Sizes.size() - 1;
7682   for (int i = Last; i >= 0; i--) {
7683     const SCEV *Q, *R;
7684     SCEVDivision::divide(SE, Res, Sizes[i], &Q, &R);
7685 
7686     DEBUG({
7687         dbgs() << "Res: " << *Res << "\n";
7688         dbgs() << "Sizes[i]: " << *Sizes[i] << "\n";
7689         dbgs() << "Res divided by Sizes[i]:\n";
7690         dbgs() << "Quotient: " << *Q << "\n";
7691         dbgs() << "Remainder: " << *R << "\n";
7692       });
7693 
7694     Res = Q;
7695 
7696     // Do not record the last subscript corresponding to the size of elements in
7697     // the array.
7698     if (i == Last) {
7699 
7700       // Bail out if the remainder is too complex.
7701       if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(R)) {
7702         Subscripts.clear();
7703         Sizes.clear();
7704         return;
7705       }
7706 
7707       continue;
7708     }
7709 
7710     // Record the access function for the current subscript.
7711     Subscripts.push_back(R);
7712   }
7713 
7714   // Also push in last position the remainder of the last division: it will be
7715   // the access function of the innermost dimension.
7716   Subscripts.push_back(Res);
7717 
7718   std::reverse(Subscripts.begin(), Subscripts.end());
7719 
7720   DEBUG({
7721       dbgs() << "Subscripts:\n";
7722       for (const SCEV *S : Subscripts)
7723         dbgs() << *S << "\n";
7724     });
7725 }
7726 
7727 /// Splits the SCEV into two vectors of SCEVs representing the subscripts and
7728 /// sizes of an array access. Returns the remainder of the delinearization that
7729 /// is the offset start of the array.  The SCEV->delinearize algorithm computes
7730 /// the multiples of SCEV coefficients: that is a pattern matching of sub
7731 /// expressions in the stride and base of a SCEV corresponding to the
7732 /// computation of a GCD (greatest common divisor) of base and stride.  When
7733 /// SCEV->delinearize fails, it returns the SCEV unchanged.
7734 ///
7735 /// For example: when analyzing the memory access A[i][j][k] in this loop nest
7736 ///
7737 ///  void foo(long n, long m, long o, double A[n][m][o]) {
7738 ///
7739 ///    for (long i = 0; i < n; i++)
7740 ///      for (long j = 0; j < m; j++)
7741 ///        for (long k = 0; k < o; k++)
7742 ///          A[i][j][k] = 1.0;
7743 ///  }
7744 ///
7745 /// the delinearization input is the following AddRec SCEV:
7746 ///
7747 ///  AddRec: {{{%A,+,(8 * %m * %o)}<%for.i>,+,(8 * %o)}<%for.j>,+,8}<%for.k>
7748 ///
7749 /// From this SCEV, we are able to say that the base offset of the access is %A
7750 /// because it appears as an offset that does not divide any of the strides in
7751 /// the loops:
7752 ///
7753 ///  CHECK: Base offset: %A
7754 ///
7755 /// and then SCEV->delinearize determines the size of some of the dimensions of
7756 /// the array as these are the multiples by which the strides are happening:
7757 ///
7758 ///  CHECK: ArrayDecl[UnknownSize][%m][%o] with elements of sizeof(double) bytes.
7759 ///
7760 /// Note that the outermost dimension remains of UnknownSize because there are
7761 /// no strides that would help identifying the size of the last dimension: when
7762 /// the array has been statically allocated, one could compute the size of that
7763 /// dimension by dividing the overall size of the array by the size of the known
7764 /// dimensions: %m * %o * 8.
7765 ///
7766 /// Finally delinearize provides the access functions for the array reference
7767 /// that does correspond to A[i][j][k] of the above C testcase:
7768 ///
7769 ///  CHECK: ArrayRef[{0,+,1}<%for.i>][{0,+,1}<%for.j>][{0,+,1}<%for.k>]
7770 ///
7771 /// The testcases are checking the output of a function pass:
7772 /// DelinearizationPass that walks through all loads and stores of a function
7773 /// asking for the SCEV of the memory access with respect to all enclosing
7774 /// loops, calling SCEV->delinearize on that and printing the results.
7775 
delinearize(ScalarEvolution & SE,SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV * > & Subscripts,SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV * > & Sizes,const SCEV * ElementSize) const7776 void SCEVAddRecExpr::delinearize(ScalarEvolution &SE,
7777                                  SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts,
7778                                  SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes,
7779                                  const SCEV *ElementSize) const {
7780   // First step: collect parametric terms.
7781   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Terms;
7782   collectParametricTerms(SE, Terms);
7783 
7784   if (Terms.empty())
7785     return;
7786 
7787   // Second step: find subscript sizes.
7788   SE.findArrayDimensions(Terms, Sizes, ElementSize);
7789 
7790   if (Sizes.empty())
7791     return;
7792 
7793   // Third step: compute the access functions for each subscript.
7794   computeAccessFunctions(SE, Subscripts, Sizes);
7795 
7796   if (Subscripts.empty())
7797     return;
7798 
7799   DEBUG({
7800       dbgs() << "succeeded to delinearize " << *this << "\n";
7801       dbgs() << "ArrayDecl[UnknownSize]";
7802       for (const SCEV *S : Sizes)
7803         dbgs() << "[" << *S << "]";
7804 
7805       dbgs() << "\nArrayRef";
7806       for (const SCEV *S : Subscripts)
7807         dbgs() << "[" << *S << "]";
7808       dbgs() << "\n";
7809     });
7810 }
7811 
7812 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7813 //                   SCEVCallbackVH Class Implementation
7814 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7815 
deleted()7816 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::deleted() {
7817   assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!");
7818   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(getValPtr()))
7819     SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
7820   SE->ValueExprMap.erase(getValPtr());
7821   // this now dangles!
7822 }
7823 
allUsesReplacedWith(Value * V)7824 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *V) {
7825   assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!");
7826 
7827   // Forget all the expressions associated with users of the old value,
7828   // so that future queries will recompute the expressions using the new
7829   // value.
7830   Value *Old = getValPtr();
7831   SmallVector<User *, 16> Worklist(Old->user_begin(), Old->user_end());
7832   SmallPtrSet<User *, 8> Visited;
7833   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
7834     User *U = Worklist.pop_back_val();
7835     // Deleting the Old value will cause this to dangle. Postpone
7836     // that until everything else is done.
7837     if (U == Old)
7838       continue;
7839     if (!Visited.insert(U).second)
7840       continue;
7841     if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(U))
7842       SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
7843     SE->ValueExprMap.erase(U);
7844     Worklist.insert(Worklist.end(), U->user_begin(), U->user_end());
7845   }
7846   // Delete the Old value.
7847   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Old))
7848     SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
7849   SE->ValueExprMap.erase(Old);
7850   // this now dangles!
7851 }
7852 
SCEVCallbackVH(Value * V,ScalarEvolution * se)7853 ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::SCEVCallbackVH(Value *V, ScalarEvolution *se)
7854   : CallbackVH(V), SE(se) {}
7855 
7856 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7857 //                   ScalarEvolution Class Implementation
7858 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7859 
ScalarEvolution()7860 ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution()
7861   : FunctionPass(ID), ValuesAtScopes(64), LoopDispositions(64),
7862     BlockDispositions(64), FirstUnknown(nullptr) {
7863   initializeScalarEvolutionPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
7864 }
7865 
runOnFunction(Function & F)7866 bool ScalarEvolution::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
7867   this->F = &F;
7868   AC = &getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F);
7869   LI = &getAnalysis<LoopInfo>();
7870   DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
7871   DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr;
7872   TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfo>();
7873   DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree();
7874   return false;
7875 }
7876 
releaseMemory()7877 void ScalarEvolution::releaseMemory() {
7878   // Iterate through all the SCEVUnknown instances and call their
7879   // destructors, so that they release their references to their values.
7880   for (SCEVUnknown *U = FirstUnknown; U; U = U->Next)
7881     U->~SCEVUnknown();
7882   FirstUnknown = nullptr;
7883 
7884   ValueExprMap.clear();
7885 
7886   // Free any extra memory created for ExitNotTakenInfo in the unlikely event
7887   // that a loop had multiple computable exits.
7888   for (DenseMap<const Loop*, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator I =
7889          BackedgeTakenCounts.begin(), E = BackedgeTakenCounts.end();
7890        I != E; ++I) {
7891     I->second.clear();
7892   }
7893 
7894   assert(PendingLoopPredicates.empty() && "isImpliedCond garbage");
7895 
7896   BackedgeTakenCounts.clear();
7897   ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.clear();
7898   ValuesAtScopes.clear();
7899   LoopDispositions.clear();
7900   BlockDispositions.clear();
7901   UnsignedRanges.clear();
7902   SignedRanges.clear();
7903   UniqueSCEVs.clear();
7904   SCEVAllocator.Reset();
7905 }
7906 
getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage & AU) const7907 void ScalarEvolution::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
7908   AU.setPreservesAll();
7909   AU.addRequired<AssumptionCacheTracker>();
7910   AU.addRequiredTransitive<LoopInfo>();
7911   AU.addRequiredTransitive<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
7912   AU.addRequired<TargetLibraryInfo>();
7913 }
7914 
hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop * L)7915 bool ScalarEvolution::hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
7916   return !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(getBackedgeTakenCount(L));
7917 }
7918 
PrintLoopInfo(raw_ostream & OS,ScalarEvolution * SE,const Loop * L)7919 static void PrintLoopInfo(raw_ostream &OS, ScalarEvolution *SE,
7920                           const Loop *L) {
7921   // Print all inner loops first
7922   for (Loop::iterator I = L->begin(), E = L->end(); I != E; ++I)
7923     PrintLoopInfo(OS, SE, *I);
7924 
7925   OS << "Loop ";
7926   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
7927   OS << ": ";
7928 
7929   SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitBlocks;
7930   L->getExitBlocks(ExitBlocks);
7931   if (ExitBlocks.size() != 1)
7932     OS << "<multiple exits> ";
7933 
7934   if (SE->hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(L)) {
7935     OS << "backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
7936   } else {
7937     OS << "Unpredictable backedge-taken count. ";
7938   }
7939 
7940   OS << "\n"
7941         "Loop ";
7942   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
7943   OS << ": ";
7944 
7945   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L))) {
7946     OS << "max backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
7947   } else {
7948     OS << "Unpredictable max backedge-taken count. ";
7949   }
7950 
7951   OS << "\n";
7952 }
7953 
print(raw_ostream & OS,const Module *) const7954 void ScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream &OS, const Module *) const {
7955   // ScalarEvolution's implementation of the print method is to print
7956   // out SCEV values of all instructions that are interesting. Doing
7957   // this potentially causes it to create new SCEV objects though,
7958   // which technically conflicts with the const qualifier. This isn't
7959   // observable from outside the class though, so casting away the
7960   // const isn't dangerous.
7961   ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this);
7962 
7963   OS << "Classifying expressions for: ";
7964   F->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
7965   OS << "\n";
7966   for (inst_iterator I = inst_begin(F), E = inst_end(F); I != E; ++I)
7967     if (isSCEVable(I->getType()) && !isa<CmpInst>(*I)) {
7968       OS << *I << '\n';
7969       OS << "  -->  ";
7970       const SCEV *SV = SE.getSCEV(&*I);
7971       SV->print(OS);
7972 
7973       const Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor((*I).getParent());
7974 
7975       const SCEV *AtUse = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L);
7976       if (AtUse != SV) {
7977         OS << "  -->  ";
7978         AtUse->print(OS);
7979       }
7980 
7981       if (L) {
7982         OS << "\t\t" "Exits: ";
7983         const SCEV *ExitValue = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L->getParentLoop());
7984         if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(ExitValue, L)) {
7985           OS << "<<Unknown>>";
7986         } else {
7987           OS << *ExitValue;
7988         }
7989       }
7990 
7991       OS << "\n";
7992     }
7993 
7994   OS << "Determining loop execution counts for: ";
7995   F->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
7996   OS << "\n";
7997   for (LoopInfo::iterator I = LI->begin(), E = LI->end(); I != E; ++I)
7998     PrintLoopInfo(OS, &SE, *I);
7999 }
8000 
8001 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition
getLoopDisposition(const SCEV * S,const Loop * L)8002 ScalarEvolution::getLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
8003   SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, LoopDisposition>, 2> &Values = LoopDispositions[S];
8004   for (unsigned u = 0; u < Values.size(); u++) {
8005     if (Values[u].first == L)
8006       return Values[u].second;
8007   }
8008   Values.push_back(std::make_pair(L, LoopVariant));
8009   LoopDisposition D = computeLoopDisposition(S, L);
8010   SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, LoopDisposition>, 2> &Values2 = LoopDispositions[S];
8011   for (unsigned u = Values2.size(); u > 0; u--) {
8012     if (Values2[u - 1].first == L) {
8013       Values2[u - 1].second = D;
8014       break;
8015     }
8016   }
8017   return D;
8018 }
8019 
8020 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition
computeLoopDisposition(const SCEV * S,const Loop * L)8021 ScalarEvolution::computeLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
8022   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) {
8023   case scConstant:
8024     return LoopInvariant;
8025   case scTruncate:
8026   case scZeroExtend:
8027   case scSignExtend:
8028     return getLoopDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), L);
8029   case scAddRecExpr: {
8030     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
8031 
8032     // If L is the addrec's loop, it's computable.
8033     if (AR->getLoop() == L)
8034       return LoopComputable;
8035 
8036     // Add recurrences are never invariant in the function-body (null loop).
8037     if (!L)
8038       return LoopVariant;
8039 
8040     // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. L if L contains AR's loop.
8041     if (L->contains(AR->getLoop()))
8042       return LoopVariant;
8043 
8044     // This recurrence is invariant w.r.t. L if AR's loop contains L.
8045     if (AR->getLoop()->contains(L))
8046       return LoopInvariant;
8047 
8048     // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. L if any of its operands
8049     // are variant.
8050     for (SCEVAddRecExpr::op_iterator I = AR->op_begin(), E = AR->op_end();
8051          I != E; ++I)
8052       if (!isLoopInvariant(*I, L))
8053         return LoopVariant;
8054 
8055     // Otherwise it's loop-invariant.
8056     return LoopInvariant;
8057   }
8058   case scAddExpr:
8059   case scMulExpr:
8060   case scUMaxExpr:
8061   case scSMaxExpr: {
8062     const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S);
8063     bool HasVarying = false;
8064     for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end();
8065          I != E; ++I) {
8066       LoopDisposition D = getLoopDisposition(*I, L);
8067       if (D == LoopVariant)
8068         return LoopVariant;
8069       if (D == LoopComputable)
8070         HasVarying = true;
8071     }
8072     return HasVarying ? LoopComputable : LoopInvariant;
8073   }
8074   case scUDivExpr: {
8075     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S);
8076     LoopDisposition LD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getLHS(), L);
8077     if (LD == LoopVariant)
8078       return LoopVariant;
8079     LoopDisposition RD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getRHS(), L);
8080     if (RD == LoopVariant)
8081       return LoopVariant;
8082     return (LD == LoopInvariant && RD == LoopInvariant) ?
8083            LoopInvariant : LoopComputable;
8084   }
8085   case scUnknown:
8086     // All non-instruction values are loop invariant.  All instructions are loop
8087     // invariant if they are not contained in the specified loop.
8088     // Instructions are never considered invariant in the function body
8089     // (null loop) because they are defined within the "loop".
8090     if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue()))
8091       return (L && !L->contains(I)) ? LoopInvariant : LoopVariant;
8092     return LoopInvariant;
8093   case scCouldNotCompute:
8094     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
8095   }
8096   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
8097 }
8098 
isLoopInvariant(const SCEV * S,const Loop * L)8099 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopInvariant(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
8100   return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopInvariant;
8101 }
8102 
hasComputableLoopEvolution(const SCEV * S,const Loop * L)8103 bool ScalarEvolution::hasComputableLoopEvolution(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
8104   return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopComputable;
8105 }
8106 
8107 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition
getBlockDisposition(const SCEV * S,const BasicBlock * BB)8108 ScalarEvolution::getBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
8109   SmallVector<std::pair<const BasicBlock *, BlockDisposition>, 2> &Values = BlockDispositions[S];
8110   for (unsigned u = 0; u < Values.size(); u++) {
8111     if (Values[u].first == BB)
8112       return Values[u].second;
8113   }
8114   Values.push_back(std::make_pair(BB, DoesNotDominateBlock));
8115   BlockDisposition D = computeBlockDisposition(S, BB);
8116   SmallVector<std::pair<const BasicBlock *, BlockDisposition>, 2> &Values2 = BlockDispositions[S];
8117   for (unsigned u = Values2.size(); u > 0; u--) {
8118     if (Values2[u - 1].first == BB) {
8119       Values2[u - 1].second = D;
8120       break;
8121     }
8122   }
8123   return D;
8124 }
8125 
8126 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition
computeBlockDisposition(const SCEV * S,const BasicBlock * BB)8127 ScalarEvolution::computeBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
8128   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) {
8129   case scConstant:
8130     return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
8131   case scTruncate:
8132   case scZeroExtend:
8133   case scSignExtend:
8134     return getBlockDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), BB);
8135   case scAddRecExpr: {
8136     // This uses a "dominates" query instead of "properly dominates" query
8137     // to test for proper dominance too, because the instruction which
8138     // produces the addrec's value is a PHI, and a PHI effectively properly
8139     // dominates its entire containing block.
8140     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
8141     if (!DT->dominates(AR->getLoop()->getHeader(), BB))
8142       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
8143   }
8144   // FALL THROUGH into SCEVNAryExpr handling.
8145   case scAddExpr:
8146   case scMulExpr:
8147   case scUMaxExpr:
8148   case scSMaxExpr: {
8149     const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S);
8150     bool Proper = true;
8151     for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end();
8152          I != E; ++I) {
8153       BlockDisposition D = getBlockDisposition(*I, BB);
8154       if (D == DoesNotDominateBlock)
8155         return DoesNotDominateBlock;
8156       if (D == DominatesBlock)
8157         Proper = false;
8158     }
8159     return Proper ? ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock;
8160   }
8161   case scUDivExpr: {
8162     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S);
8163     const SCEV *LHS = UDiv->getLHS(), *RHS = UDiv->getRHS();
8164     BlockDisposition LD = getBlockDisposition(LHS, BB);
8165     if (LD == DoesNotDominateBlock)
8166       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
8167     BlockDisposition RD = getBlockDisposition(RHS, BB);
8168     if (RD == DoesNotDominateBlock)
8169       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
8170     return (LD == ProperlyDominatesBlock && RD == ProperlyDominatesBlock) ?
8171       ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock;
8172   }
8173   case scUnknown:
8174     if (Instruction *I =
8175           dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue())) {
8176       if (I->getParent() == BB)
8177         return DominatesBlock;
8178       if (DT->properlyDominates(I->getParent(), BB))
8179         return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
8180       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
8181     }
8182     return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
8183   case scCouldNotCompute:
8184     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
8185   }
8186   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
8187 }
8188 
dominates(const SCEV * S,const BasicBlock * BB)8189 bool ScalarEvolution::dominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
8190   return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) >= DominatesBlock;
8191 }
8192 
properlyDominates(const SCEV * S,const BasicBlock * BB)8193 bool ScalarEvolution::properlyDominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
8194   return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) == ProperlyDominatesBlock;
8195 }
8196 
8197 namespace {
8198 // Search for a SCEV expression node within an expression tree.
8199 // Implements SCEVTraversal::Visitor.
8200 struct SCEVSearch {
8201   const SCEV *Node;
8202   bool IsFound;
8203 
SCEVSearch__anonbe70a9c90c11::SCEVSearch8204   SCEVSearch(const SCEV *N): Node(N), IsFound(false) {}
8205 
follow__anonbe70a9c90c11::SCEVSearch8206   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
8207     IsFound |= (S == Node);
8208     return !IsFound;
8209   }
isDone__anonbe70a9c90c11::SCEVSearch8210   bool isDone() const { return IsFound; }
8211 };
8212 }
8213 
hasOperand(const SCEV * S,const SCEV * Op) const8214 bool ScalarEvolution::hasOperand(const SCEV *S, const SCEV *Op) const {
8215   SCEVSearch Search(Op);
8216   visitAll(S, Search);
8217   return Search.IsFound;
8218 }
8219 
forgetMemoizedResults(const SCEV * S)8220 void ScalarEvolution::forgetMemoizedResults(const SCEV *S) {
8221   ValuesAtScopes.erase(S);
8222   LoopDispositions.erase(S);
8223   BlockDispositions.erase(S);
8224   UnsignedRanges.erase(S);
8225   SignedRanges.erase(S);
8226 
8227   for (DenseMap<const Loop*, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator I =
8228          BackedgeTakenCounts.begin(), E = BackedgeTakenCounts.end(); I != E; ) {
8229     BackedgeTakenInfo &BEInfo = I->second;
8230     if (BEInfo.hasOperand(S, this)) {
8231       BEInfo.clear();
8232       BackedgeTakenCounts.erase(I++);
8233     }
8234     else
8235       ++I;
8236   }
8237 }
8238 
8239 typedef DenseMap<const Loop *, std::string> VerifyMap;
8240 
8241 /// replaceSubString - Replaces all occurrences of From in Str with To.
replaceSubString(std::string & Str,StringRef From,StringRef To)8242 static void replaceSubString(std::string &Str, StringRef From, StringRef To) {
8243   size_t Pos = 0;
8244   while ((Pos = Str.find(From, Pos)) != std::string::npos) {
8245     Str.replace(Pos, From.size(), To.data(), To.size());
8246     Pos += To.size();
8247   }
8248 }
8249 
8250 /// getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts - Helper method for verifyAnalysis.
8251 static void
getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(Loop * L,VerifyMap & Map,ScalarEvolution & SE)8252 getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(Loop *L, VerifyMap &Map, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
8253   for (Loop::reverse_iterator I = L->rbegin(), E = L->rend(); I != E; ++I) {
8254     getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(*I, Map, SE); // recurse.
8255 
8256     std::string &S = Map[L];
8257     if (S.empty()) {
8258       raw_string_ostream OS(S);
8259       SE.getBackedgeTakenCount(L)->print(OS);
8260 
8261       // false and 0 are semantically equivalent. This can happen in dead loops.
8262       replaceSubString(OS.str(), "false", "0");
8263       // Remove wrap flags, their use in SCEV is highly fragile.
8264       // FIXME: Remove this when SCEV gets smarter about them.
8265       replaceSubString(OS.str(), "<nw>", "");
8266       replaceSubString(OS.str(), "<nsw>", "");
8267       replaceSubString(OS.str(), "<nuw>", "");
8268     }
8269   }
8270 }
8271 
verifyAnalysis() const8272 void ScalarEvolution::verifyAnalysis() const {
8273   if (!VerifySCEV)
8274     return;
8275 
8276   ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this);
8277 
8278   // Gather stringified backedge taken counts for all loops using SCEV's caches.
8279   // FIXME: It would be much better to store actual values instead of strings,
8280   //        but SCEV pointers will change if we drop the caches.
8281   VerifyMap BackedgeDumpsOld, BackedgeDumpsNew;
8282   for (LoopInfo::reverse_iterator I = LI->rbegin(), E = LI->rend(); I != E; ++I)
8283     getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(*I, BackedgeDumpsOld, SE);
8284 
8285   // Gather stringified backedge taken counts for all loops without using
8286   // SCEV's caches.
8287   SE.releaseMemory();
8288   for (LoopInfo::reverse_iterator I = LI->rbegin(), E = LI->rend(); I != E; ++I)
8289     getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(*I, BackedgeDumpsNew, SE);
8290 
8291   // Now compare whether they're the same with and without caches. This allows
8292   // verifying that no pass changed the cache.
8293   assert(BackedgeDumpsOld.size() == BackedgeDumpsNew.size() &&
8294          "New loops suddenly appeared!");
8295 
8296   for (VerifyMap::iterator OldI = BackedgeDumpsOld.begin(),
8297                            OldE = BackedgeDumpsOld.end(),
8298                            NewI = BackedgeDumpsNew.begin();
8299        OldI != OldE; ++OldI, ++NewI) {
8300     assert(OldI->first == NewI->first && "Loop order changed!");
8301 
8302     // Compare the stringified SCEVs. We don't care if undef backedgetaken count
8303     // changes.
8304     // FIXME: We currently ignore SCEV changes from/to CouldNotCompute. This
8305     // means that a pass is buggy or SCEV has to learn a new pattern but is
8306     // usually not harmful.
8307     if (OldI->second != NewI->second &&
8308         OldI->second.find("undef") == std::string::npos &&
8309         NewI->second.find("undef") == std::string::npos &&
8310         OldI->second != "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***" &&
8311         NewI->second != "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***") {
8312       dbgs() << "SCEVValidator: SCEV for loop '"
8313              << OldI->first->getHeader()->getName()
8314              << "' changed from '" << OldI->second
8315              << "' to '" << NewI->second << "'!\n";
8316       std::abort();
8317     }
8318   }
8319 
8320   // TODO: Verify more things.
8321 }
8322